6Klpdg) X Art Dart Evolution: Ge Healthcare Electronic Performance Support Tool (Epst)

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 360

GE Healthcare Electronic Performance Support Tool (EPST)

6KLPDG]X Art DaRt Evolution Alignment and Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic and Block Diagrams

Preventive Maintenance

Software and Diagnostics

Theory

Troubleshooting

This program and its contents are RESTRICTED to General Electric Company and How to Use this EPST
approved licensees, i.e., for General Electric Company personnel and approved users only.
If you are not a General Electric Company employee or approved licensee, you must close
this application immediately. Disclosure to third parties prohibited. This document is Environmental Health & Safety
intended as a supplement to OEM documentation and not intended to be used in lieu of
OEM documentation. OEM documentation should be used as the primary source for
service information. Reference Materials
© 2016 General Electric Company. All rights reserved.
Printed versions are for reference only. Always check to ensure you have the latest Multi-Vendor Resources
revision.
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - Notes
DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED

DOC1829214, Rev 1
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 DOC1829214

Document Specifications
EPST NameProduct Name: 6KLPDG]X0RELOH Art DaRt Evolution
Direction Number: DOC1829214
Revision History

Rev Author Initials Sections Changed Date Brief Description of Change

1 CM All August, 2016 Initial Release

Note Printed versions are for reference only. Always


check OnBase or CDL to ensure you have the
latest revision.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 2 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

ALIGNMENT AND CALIBRATION


Safety Advanced Adjustments
LOTO Before You Begin
User Settings Adjusting the MUX CHARGE-04A Board
Buzzer Setting Options (bON) Adjusting the MUX CHARGE 32K Board (EVO)
Collimator Lamp Options (LAP) Adjusting the XCONT-2002 Board
Start-up APR Adjusting the XCONT-2008 Board (EVO)
Super Maintenance Mode Adjusting the Battery-Voltage Detection Circuit
Start Super Maintenance Mode Display Calibration
Battery Setting Mode Uniformity Calibration
Adjusting Tube Current Preparing for Calibration
Overview Performing Calibration
Tube Current Two-Point Adjustment Image Processing
Tube Current Manual Adjustment Image Processing Setting Notes
Adjusting the Handle Gray-scale Adjustments
Adjusting the Battery-Voltage Detection Circuit REX Value
Edge Enhancement
Setting Date and Time
DEP (Display Enhancement Processing)
Viewing and Resetting the Exposure and Mileage MLT (Multi-frequency Laplacian Transform)
Counters Adjust MLT(S) Settings for Initial Image QA
Viewing and Resetting the Error Log Manually Adjusting Trim and ROI
Viewing and Resetting the Battery Charge Counter
Viewing Running Speed
Checking Battery Voltage Drop During Imaging

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 3 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Alignment and Calibration, continued


AEC Calibration
AEC Quick Check

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 4 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Safety
Service engineers must be aware of important safety
precautions in order to conduct safe system repair and
maintenance. GE Healthcare insists on safety first for
you, for the clinician, and for the equipment. Engineers
must abide by hospital safety regulations, respect the
inherent dangers, and do everything possible to
minimize and prevent injury.
For more information, see the Environment, Health and
Safety support central site.
LOTO
Important! There are twenty 12-volt batteries in the Art/
Dart/Evo.
All energy sources for equipment on which work will be
performed and on which injury could occur due to
unexpected energization, startup, or release of stored
energy shall be deactivated. This includes opening
electrical circuits, closing and bleeding pressurized
hydraulics and pneumatics, blocking springs or
counterweights, discharging capacitors, etc.
There is a legitimate safety concern for personnel who
service, repair, set-up, and train medical equipment.
Defeating a locked and tagged piece of equipment is
prohibited.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 5 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

User Settings
The functions listed in the table below can be customized
using the X-ray control keypad.
1. To access user settings, press and hold the User
Settings button (shown above) for 3 seconds.
2. Under kV, select a function by pressing the + and -
buttons until the desired ID appears (see table
below).
3. Under mAs, select a new value by pressing the +
and - buttons.
4. If desired, select other functions to change using the
kV buttons.
It is not necessary to save until you have made all of
your changes. (This is only true for User Settings.)
5. To save your changes and return to normal mode,
press the Key button, followed by the User Settings
button.
6. To exit without saving your changes, press the User
Settings button only.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 6 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

User Settings, continued

ID Function Description Range/Options Default

PAS Forward Power Change the motor compensation in forward 30 (heavy)-100 (light) 70
Assist driving
Acc Acceleration* Change the rate of acceleration for driving. 30 (slow) - 100 (rapid) 60
Same for both forward and backward.
StC Steering Control Adjust the ease of turning 30/50-100 (very easy) 100**
bAC Backward Power Change motor compensation in backward 30/50-100 (light) 100**
Assist driving
APO Auto Power OFF Change the time until auto-power off 0 (indicated by -) to 30 15
minutes
bON Buzzer Setting Select 1 of 3 options for the audible buzzer See Buzzer Setting ON
Options (bON)
LAP Collimator Lamp • Choose whether or not to “light the light See Collimator Lamp O-C
Control field” after the “Ready-up.” Options (LAP)
• Enable or disable the “Setting the Irradiation
field” that is operated by clicking the hand
switch.
aPr Start-up APR Set the start-up exposure condition. See Start-up APR 0
id Apparatus ID Setting Not used n/a 0

* Available after v1.31 **70 typical prior to v1.31

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 7 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

User Settings, continued


Buzzer Setting Options (bON)

mAs
Description
Display
on The buzzer will sound in all possible conditions:
(default) • When the any button on the X-ray control keypad is pressed.
• When the bumper switch is activated (by bumping into something). If the bumper cancel feature is
activated, the buzzer will not sound.
• During exposure, the high-volume buzzer sounds.
beP All buzzers are OFF.
• The buzzer does not sound when the KV[+],[-] or mA [+], [-] buttons are being rapidly pressed to
vary exposure conditions.
• If the bumper switch is activated, the buzzer will not sound.
• The high-volume buzzer does not sound during exposure.
oFF The buzzer only sounds when registering anatomical programs and changing various settings. The
buzzer does not sound even if a button the X-ray control keypad is pressed (except when registering
anatomical programs and changing various settings).
• If the bumper switch is activated, the buzzer will not sound.
• The high-volume buzzer does not sound during exposure.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 8 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

User Settings, continued


Collimator Lamp Options (LAP) Start-up APR
This is a 2-place control with 6 possible combinations: There are 3 options for setting the APR startup
O-C, n-n, E-n, O-n, n-C, and E-C. technique:

100s place of mAs Description mAs Display Description

O (default) When preparation for exposures is done, 0 (default) The exposure condition just before the power is
the collimator lamp turns on for turned off, including those set manually, is
approximately 10 seconds. stored and the related LED is illuminated at
startup.
n When preparation for exposures begins,
the collimator lamp turns off. 1 The exposure condition just before the power is
turned off is stored and the related LED is
When you want the collimator lamp on,
illuminated at startup.
first stop the Ready operation and then
turn the collimator lamp ON. Manual changes to the exposure condition do
not override the stored APR.
E Preparation for exposures starts while
the collimator lamp is ON. The collimator 2 Before the power is turned off, the operator
lamp times out (OFF) for 10 seconds at must specify which APR will be selected at the
the end of preparation. It then re-lights next startup of the unit.
(ON).

Ones place of mAs Description

C (default) Collimator lamp is turned on and off by


the operation of the hand switch.
n Collimator lamp is not turned on and off
by the operation of the hand switch.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 9 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Super Maintenance Mode


The Evolution and most models of the DaRt provide a Start Super Maintenance Mode
way to make many adjustments straight from the Before you begin, ensure the unit is unplugged (not
operator’s X-ray control keypad.
charging) and ON.
However, if you are working on a model without this
1. On the X-ray control keypad, press and hold the
feature, or on certain advanced adjustments, you may
User Settings button for about 3 seconds.
need to remove a cover and set a DIP switch on the CPU
board as follows: 2. When the display reads PAS, press the Head button.
1. Ensure power is OFF. 3. Within 3 seconds of pressing the Head button, press
the Collimator Lamp button.
2. For adjustment mode, set DIP switch 3-8 ON.
3. For battery setting mode, set DIP switch 2-8 ON.
4. Turn the power ON.
5. For most adjustments, you can proceed from step 4
below (at the TEC prompt on the X-ray control
keypad).

The display will change a few times.


4. Before proceeding, verify TEC is displayed, which
indicates the unit is in adjustment mode.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 10 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Super Maintenance Mode, continued


Start Super Maintenance Mode, continued 8. If you want to make another type of adjustment,
return to the TEC prompt: press and hold the User
5. Select a function by pressing either the Normal or
Obese button, followed by the appropriate button, as Settings button for about 3 seconds.
listed in the descriptive table below. 9. When you are ready to return the unit to normal
operation, briefly press the User Settings button.
6. Make your adjustments.
7. Save your changes by pressing the Key button.
The display reads record.
To select these functions, To select these functions, Followed
Button
press Normal... press Obese... by this
name
button:

Tube current two-point adjustment Exposure counter Head

Tube current manual adjustment Accumulated mileage Chest

Not used Error log Abdomen

To select these functions, press Normal...

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 11 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Super Maintenance Mode, continued


Start Super Maintenance Mode, continued
To select these functions, To select these functions, Followed
Button
press Normal... press Obese... by this
name
button:

Battery voltage drop check - for checking


Battery charge counter Waist
condition of the battery during exposure

Adjustment of the battery (+) detection


Battery charging test Leg
circuit

Adjustment of the battery (-) detection


View running speed Foot
circuit

Adjustment of the handle Not used Arm

Set date and time Not used Hand

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 12 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Battery Setting Mode


1. In super maintenance mode, press kV + or - 3. If you change the code, press the Key button until
until ini is displayed. CAL END is displayed.
2. Verify the battery code displayed (above mAs) 4. To return the unit to normal operation, briefly press
matches the battery according to the table below. the User Settings button.

Battery Required Software Version


Description Rating
Code MUX-100H MUX-100D
0 GS PXL 12072 (manufacture date number up to 000703) 12V, 7.2Ah ?
1 Matsushita LC-P127R2 12V, 7.2Ah ?
2 Not used n/a n/a
3 GS PXL 12072 (manufacture date number up to 000712 onwards) 12V, 7.2Ah ?
4 GS PXL 12090 marked “China” 12V, 9.0Ah 1.31 1.01
5 GS PXL 12090 marked “Taiwan” 12V, 9.0Ah 1.53 1.14

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 13 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Adjusting Tube Current


Overview
The tube current is adjusted by changing the setting of
the filament current (the FVR value).
The table below shows the points of adjustable FVR
values (kV) for six tube current positions (mA).
Use an oscope and linear interpolation to calculate FVR
values between tube voltage points.

Adjustment Mode
Manual 125kV 50mA 63mA 80mA 100mA
Manual 100kV
Auto (two-point) 80kV 50mA 160mA
Manual 80kV 50mA 63mA 80mA 100mA 125mA 160mA

Normally, the tube current is adjusted in two-point


mode.
• The FVR value is adjusted at two points:
• 80 kV, 50 mA, and 80 kV, 160 mA. Based on the
results, the FVR values at all the other points are
automatically corrected.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 14 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Adjusting Tube Current, continued


Overview, continued Tube Current Two-Point Adjustment
When necessary, the tube current at each adjustment 1. Start Super Maintenance Mode.
point can be checked and adjusted in manual mode.
2. Press the Normal Body button, followed by the
Note If the tube current has not been adjusted manu- Head button.
ally, then two-point calibration may not correctly
The LEDs by those buttons blink, plus the Front
set tube current in the FVR value table.
button.
To initialize FVR values, hold down the Thin 3. Set the tube current using the mAs + and - buttons.
body button for about 3 seconds until c A n c e L
The tube voltage is fixed at 80 kV.
appears on the display.
The tube current can be set to only two points: 50
Note Although it is possible to initialize FVR
mA and 160 mA. Set it to 50 mA at first.
values with the initialization of the
NEXSC board, other important data will 4. Make an X-ray exposure by pressing the hand
be initialized at the same time. switch.
• When the tube current two-point or each-point 5. Adjust the FVR value:
adjustment mode is selected, the tube current
a. Display the current FVR value by pressing the
feedback circuit is automatically disabled.
Remote Controller button. The button’s LED
• For adjusting tube current, use a neutral point tube blinks when the value is displayed.
ammeter or the measured value display mode of the
unit (turn ON the DIP switch SW2-5 on NEXSC
board).

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 15 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Adjusting Tube Current, continued


Tube Current Two-Point Adjustment, continued Recommended range of measured tube current:
b. To change the FVR value, press the kV + and - 148 - 155mA
buttons. Note It is possible to set the tube current to either 50
- When decreasing the tube current, set the mA or 160 mA first.
FVR value to a lower value, and higher when
increasing the tube current. If this adjustment mode is finished after the FVR
value for only one of the two points is saved, the
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the measured tube same FVR value is registered for the other point.
current value becomes an acceptable value.
Recommended range: 45 - 48mA
7. When the tube current is in the recommended range,
save the FVR value:
Press the Key button. The display reads r e c o r d.
Note Moving to another point or mode, or turning off
power without pressing the Key button after
changing the FVR value, cancels the change of
the FVR value. In addition, it is possible to save
an FVR value when an exposure condition is dis-
played instead of an FVR value.
8. Set the tube current to 160 mA, and then repeat
steps 4 to 6.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 16 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Adjusting Tube Current, continued


Tube Current Manual Adjustment Allowable error: within -15% - +5%
1. Start Super Maintenance Mode. 7. When the tube current is in the recommended range,
2. Press the Normal Body button, followed by the save the FVR value:
Chest button. Press the Key button. The display reads r e c o r d.
The LEDs by those buttons blink, plus the Front Note Moving to another point or mode, or turning off
button. power without pressing the Key button after
3. Set the tube voltage and tube current. changing FVR value, cancels the change of the
FVR value. In addition, it is possible to register an
4. Make an X-ray exposure by pressing the hand FVR value when an exposure condition is dis-
switch. played (an FVR value is not displayed).
5. Adjust the FVR value: 8. Repeat steps 4 to 6 for other points, as needed.
a. Display the current FVR value by pressing the
Remote Controller button. The button’s LED
blinks when the value is displayed.
b. To change the FVR value, press the kV + and -
buttons.
- When decreasing the tube current, set the
FVR value to a lower value, and higher when
increasing the tube current.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the measured tube
current value becomes an appropriate value.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 17 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Adjusting the Handle


Adjust the handle whenever the handle or MU Driver 4. Apply force to the spring gauge in the appropriate
board is replaced. direction as listed in this table:
1. Start Super Maintenance Mode.
Adjustment position Spring gauge
2. Press the Normal Body and then the Arm button. (displayed above kV) direction and pull force

The LEDs by those buttons blink, plus the Front 1 Forward left - 1 kg
button. 2 Forward left - 2 kg
3. Tie a piece of string or something similar around one 3 Backward left - 1 kg
end of the handle and then hook a spring gauge to
4 Backward left - 2 kg
the string.
5 Forward right - 1 kg
Forward Left Forward Right 6 Forward right - 2 kg
7 Backward right - 1 kg
8 Backward right - 2 kg

5. Save the value by pressing the Key button.


The indicated adjustment position advances to the
Backward Left Backward Right next number.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 18 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Adjusting the Handle, continued


6. Repeat steps 3 through 5 for the remaining
adjustment positions.
Note If power is turned off without pressing the
Key button, the handle adjustment values
will not be saved.
7. When you are ready to return the unit to normal
operation, briefly press the User Settings button.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 19 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Adjusting the Battery-Voltage Detection Circuit


Whenever you replace the MUX POWER board, MUX
CHARGE board, or XCONT board, perform this
adjustment in order to equalize the variability among the
different battery-voltage-detection circuits.
1. Start Super Maintenance Mode.
2. To adjust positive voltage, press the Normal Body
and then Leg button.
To adjust negative voltage, press the Normal Body
and then Foot button.
The detected battery voltage is displayed as 6 digits.
3. While measuring the actual voltage of the batteries
on the MUX POWER board:
Measure the + side between TER3 andTER5.
Measure the - side between TER5 and TER4.
4. Press the mAs + and - buttons until the difference
between the measured value and the indicated value
is within ±0.2V.
5. Press the Key button.
6. When you are ready to return the unit to normal
operation, briefly press the User Settings button.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 20 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Setting Date and Time


1. Start Super Maintenance Mode.
2. Press the Normal Body and then Hand button.
3. Display the year, month, and day by pressing the
Remote Controller button. Ensure the button’s LED
is off.
The date is displayed in the format YY.MM.DD.
a. Change the 2-digit year with the kV + and -
buttons.
b. Change the month with the mAs - button.
c. Change the date with the mAs + button.
4. Press the Key button to save.
5. Display the time by pressing the Remote Controller
button. The LED of the button flashes.
Note The time is displayed 24-hour format
HH.MM, such as 13.07 for 1:07 p.m.
a. Set the hour with the kV + and - buttons.
b. Set the minutes with the mAs + and - button.
6. Press the Key button to save.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 21 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Viewing and Resetting the Exposure and Mileage Counters


The maximum number the counters can display is
999,999 (exposures or kilometers). Over this, the
counters are automatically reset to 0.
Use this procedure view and manually reset a counter.
1. Start Super Maintenance Mode.
2. Press the Obese button and then press:
Head for number of exposures
-or-
Chest for mileage.
The current value of the counter is displayed.
In the case of the mileage counter:
• The value in the kV display is the cumulative
mileage since the unit was shipped from the
factory. This counter cannot be manually reset.
• The value in the mAs display is the relative
cumulative mileage since the last reset of the
mileage.
3. To reset the counter to 0, press the Key button for
about 3 seconds.
4. When you are ready to return the unit to normal
operation, briefly press the User Settings button.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 22 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Viewing and Resetting the Error Log


Up to 32 errors can be stored. When that number is
exceeded, the oldest errors are overwritten.
The errors are numbered 000 (newest) to 031 (oldest).
1. Start Super Maintenance Mode.
2. Press the Obese button and then the Abdomen
button.
3. Scroll through the errors by pressing the kV + and -
buttons.
The error code is displayed on the mAs side. For the
meaning of the error codes, click here.
4. To display the date and time the error occurred,
press the Remote Control button.
5. To reset the error log (delete everything in it), press
and hold the Key button for about 3 seconds.
6. When you are ready to return the unit to normal
operation, briefly press the User Settings button.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 23 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Viewing and Resetting the Battery Charge Counter


The maximum value of the counter is 32,767. When this
number is exceeded, the system resets the counter to 0.
1. Start Super Maintenance Mode.
2. Press the Obese button and then the Waist button.
The number of charging times is displayed.
3. To reset the counter to 0, press the Key button for
about 3 seconds.
4. When you are ready to return the unit to normal
operation, briefly press the User Settings button.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 24 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Viewing Running Speed


The system calculates the speed from the number of
revolutions detected by the encoder. Use this for
checking for failure of the encoder or others.
1. Start Super Maintenance Mode.
2. Press the Obese button and then the Foot button.
The running speed is in km/hour.
"-" displays if the the unit is moving backward.
The letter A means the speed of both wheels is
displayed.
3. To view the speed of each wheel separately, press
the Remote Controller button multiple times.
The display reads L for left and r for right.
4. When you are ready to return the unit to normal
operation, briefly press the User Settings button.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 25 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Checking Battery Voltage Drop During Imaging


You can use this procedure to easily check the condition
of the batteries. It checks the drop in battery voltage and
the inverter operation (VIN) when load is applied during
exposure.
Note The condition of the unit and batteries cannot be
determined using the results of this check. Use
these values as reference for further action.
1. Start Super Maintenance Mode.
2. Press the Normal button and then the Waist button.
The display shows the exposure condition:
80 kV, 160 mA, and 100 msec.
3. Make an exposure by pressing the Hand key.
The system takes measurements 80 msec after the
exposure starts. The measured tube voltage (kV)
and tube current (mAs) are displayed.
Note Using other modes, measurements are taken
20 msec after the exposure starts. There-
fore, the measurements in those modes may
not match the measurements in this mode.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 26 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Advanced Adjustments
Perform these modifications when circuit boards or other Before You Begin
parts are replaced and adjustments are required. Before making any of the modifications, ensure the
• Before You Begin following conditions are met:
• Adjusting the MUX CHARGE-04A Board • Ensure P1 and P2 connectors meet supply voltage
requirements.
• Adjusting the MUX CHARGE 32K Board (EVO)
• Ensure the DIP switch settings on the NEXSC board
• Adjusting the XCONT-2002 Board match the unit type and options.
• Adjusting the XCONT-2008 Board (EVO)
• Ensure the DIP switch 1-1 setting on the INVERTER
• Adjusting the Battery-Voltage Detection Circuit UNIT board is matched with the OFF side. (Silk
pattern is MUX-100 side.)
• Display Calibration
Note For EVO systems: Verify the DIPSW and
jumper settings on the X-CONT2008,
INVERTER UNIT and POWER- 200D
boards.
• Ensure the arm is out of parking position (for
displaying and exposing).
• For EVO systems: ensure the component
combinations (X-ray tube device, HV transformer, etc)
are correct.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 27 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Advanced Adjustments, continued


CAUTION Risk of equipment damage. Ensure
equipment combinations are correct by
consulting the table below.

High Voltage NEX-SH Board


S/W X-Ray Tube Device KVADJ Board
Transformer DIP Switch
• SH-MUX200_xx • D150MH-40 • 0.7/1.2U163C- • KVADJ32K • 2-2 : OFF
Type 32 kW
x.bin 36 Board
• ARTEV012_xxx. • D125PH-C1 • 0.7U163CS-36 • KVADJCOCK • 2-2 : ON
Type 12.5 kW
bin Board

To turn ON the NEX-SH board (before carrying out a unit


adjustment), perform the following actions.
1. Ensure the main breaker is OFF.
2. Connect the power plug.
3. Turn breaker NFB1 ON.
Important! When the lever is down, breaker NFB1 is
turned ON. When the lever is up, breaker
NFB1 is turned OFF.
4. Turn the equipment power supply ON.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 28 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Advanced Adjustments, continued


Adjusting the MUX CHARGE-04A Board Adjustment
For EVO Systems, see Adjusting the MUX CHARGE 1. Turn ON the breaker NFB1. (Power will be turned
32K Board (EVO). ON.)
Preparation 2. Confirm the fundamental frequency of 50 kHz.
1. Unless you did already, complete Before You Begin 3. Confirm that the waveform at CP14 [50kHz] shows
in the previous section. approximately 50 kHz (period: 17 to 23 µ sec).
2. Turn the unit OFF (key Off), unplug the unit, and turn 4. Adjust the inverter frequency of 120 Hz:
the main breaker to the OFF position.
5. Adjust VR3 [120Hz] so that the waveform at CP16
Note Skip step 3 unless you are working on a [120Hz] shows 120 Hz (period: 8.1 to 8.3 msec).
newly installed system.
6. Adjust the pulse width for the starter:
3. Unless the MUX CHARGE-04A board has already
been adjusted, turn VR1, VR2, and VR3 Perform READY operation, adjust VR2 [STARTER]
so that the pulse width at high-level of the waveform
counterclockwise to the maximum.
at CP17 becomes 2.7 msec (±0.1 msec).
4. Ensure the breaker NFB1 is OFF and connect the
7. Make a rough adjustment of the pulse width for the
power plug.
collimator lamp:
5. Turn ON the DIP switch 3-8 (adjustment mode) of
the NEXSC board. With the collimator lamp on, adjust VR1 [LAMP] so
that the pulse width at High-level of the waveform at
6. Jumper (connect) CP3 [CHECK1] and CP4 CP17 becomes 3.8 msec (±0.1 msec).
[CHECK2] of the XCONT board.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 29 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Advanced Adjustments, continued


Adjusting the MUX CHARGE-04A Board,
continued
Note The pulse width can be finely adjusted by
adjusting VR1 while measuring the voltage at
the leads of the collimator lamp so that the
voltage becomes an appropriate value. Turn
OFF NFB1 (Power will be turned off).

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 30 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Advanced Adjustments, continued


Adjusting the MUX CHARGE 32K Board (EVO) Adjustment
For Art/Dart Systems, see Adjusting the MUX 1. Turn system power ON by turning both the main
CHARGE-04A Board. breaker and key switch ON.
Preparation 2. Ensure the fundamental frequency is at 50 kHz:
1. Unless you did already, complete the Before You • Verify that the waveform at CP14 [50kHz]
Begin tasks. displays about 50 kHz (period: 17 to 23 µ sec).
2. Ensure that the discharge procedure has been 3. Ensure the inverter frequency is tuned to 140 Hz:
performed.
• Tune VR3 [120Hz, 140 Hz] so that the waveform
3. On the MUX CHARGE 32K Board, disconnect the at CP16 [120Hz, 140Hz] displays 140 Hz (period:
JCH2 connector thus disconnecting the charge and 7.1 to 7.3 msec).
line.
4. Ensure the pulse width is adjusted for the starter:
4. Locate the INVERTER UNIT board. Disconnect the
a. Perform READY operation.
JM2 connector.
b. Adjust VR2 [STARTER] so that the high-level
5. Locate the XCONT board. Using an insulated
waveform pulse width (CP17) becomes 2.9 msec
jumper, short-circuit CP3 [CHECK 1] and CP4
[CHECK 2]. (±0.1 msec).

6. Only on new installations: turn VR1, VR2, and VR3


counterclockwise to the maximum.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 31 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Advanced Adjustments, continued


Adjusting the MUX CHARGE 32K Board (EVO), Adjusting the XCONT-2002 Board
continued For Evo Systems, see Adjusting the XCONT-2008
Adjustment, continued Board (EVO).
5. Ensure the pulse width is roughly adjusted for the Preparation
collimator lamp:
1. Unless you did already, complete the Before You
a. Turn the Collimator lamp ON. Begin tasks.
b. Adjust VR1 [LAMP] so the high-level waveform 2. Ensure that the discharge procedure has been
pulse width (CP17) becomes 3.5 msec (±0.1 performed.
msec).
3. Locate the XCONT-2002 board.
Note The pulse width can be finely adjusted by
4. Only on new installations or board replacements:
adjusting VR1 while measuring the voltage at
turn VR1 [mAs] to the maximum.
the leads of the collimator lamp so that the
voltage becomes an appropriate value. 5. Jumper (connect) CP3 [CHECK1] and CP4
[CHECK2].
6. Turn the key switch OFF.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 32 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Advanced Adjustments, continued


Adjusting the XCONT-2002 Board, continued b. Adjust VR3 [PULSEADJ] so that the pulse width
at CP33 [A/D] becomes 7.5±0.1 µ sec.
Adjust the Inverter Control Circuit
6. Ensure the inverter pulse width is finely tuned:
DANGER RISK of INJURY or DEATH.
a. Locate the Inverter Unit board.
Confirm the main breaker is turned OFF.
b. Locate the following check points:
Note You will need an oscilloscope.
• CP [Ga] and CP [Ea]
1. Jumper (connect) CP [+15V] and CP5 [VSIN].
• CP [Gb] and CP [Eb]
2. Turn ON the breaker NFB1.
c. Connect an oscilloscope probe to the check
Power turns ON. points listed above.
3. Tum ON the key switch. d. Perform READY and XRAY operations.
This enables Reads and X-ray operations. e. Verify the IGBT gate waveform.
4. Adjust the max frequency of the inverter: f. Ensure the pulse width at +5 V is 7.8 to 8.0µsec.
• Adjust VR2 [VFADJ(kV)] so that the frequency at g. If necessary, adjust the pulse width (VR3
CP29 [F] becomes 112 kHz (period: 8.9 to 9.0 µ [PULSEADJ] of XCONT board).
sec). Oscillation frequency to drive the IGBT. This
signal is adjusted by VR2 (VFADJ). 7. Tum the power OFF (tum OFF NFB1), and remove
the jumper between CP [+15V] and CP5 [VSIN].
5. Make a rough adjustment of the inverter pulse width:
a. Perform READY and XRAY operations.
Note Be mindful of polarity.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 33 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Advanced Adjustments, continued


Adjusting the XCONT-2002 Board, continued Adjusting the XCONT-2008 Board (EVO)
Adjust the mAs Circuit For Art/Dart Systems, see Adjusting the XCONT-2002
1. Jumper (connect) CP [+5V] and CP30 [mA-IN]. Board.

2. Turn the unit ON (turn the main breaker and key Preparation
switch ON). 1. Unless you did already, complete the Before You
Begin tasks.
3. Set the relation between the frequency at CP28
[MASCLK] and the voltage at CP30 to 5 by adjusting 2. Ensure that the discharge procedure has been
VR1[mAs]. performed.
Signal created when the TMA is converted into the 3. Locate the MUX POWER 32K board.
frequency by the V/F converter. This signal (5 kHz/
4. Remove TER3 and TER4 cables. Perform insulation.
50 mA) is used in the mAs timer. For example, if the
voltage at CP30 is 5.10 V, the frequency at CP28 is 5. Remove the JCH2 connector.
25.5 kHz.
6. Locate the INVERTER UNIT 32K board.
4. Turn the power OFF (turn OFF the key switch), and
7. Remove the JM2 connector.
remove the jumper between CP [+5V] and CP30
[mA-IN]. 8. Jumper (connect) CP3 [CHECK1] and CP4
[CHECK2].
9. Unless previously adjusted, on the XCONT-2008
board, turn VR2 and VR3 counterclockwise to the
maximum.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 34 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Advanced Adjustments, continued


Adjusting the XCONT-2008 Board (EVO), 6. Make a fine adjustment of the inverter pulse width:
continued a. Locate the INVERTER UNIT Board.
Adjust the Inverter Control Circuit
b. Locate the following check points:
Note You will need an oscilloscope.
• CP [Ga] and CP [Ea]
1. Jumper (connect) CP [+15V] and CP5 [VSIN].
• CP [Gb] and CP [Eb]
2. Turn the main breaker ON.
c. Connect an oscilloscope probe to the check
Power turns ON. points listed above.
3. Tum ON the key switch. d. Perform READY and XRAY operations.
This enables Reads and X-ray operations. e. Measure the IGBT gate waveform.
4. Adjust the max frequency of the inverter: Note To get the most accurate reading,
• Adjust VR2 [VFADJ (kV)] so that the frequency at ensure that you hold the exposure at
CP29 [F] becomes 112 kHz (period: 8.9 to 9.0 µ least 10 msec.
sec). f. Ensure the pulse width at +5 V is 7.8 to 8.0µsec.
5. Make a rough adjustment of the inverter pulse width: g. If necessary, adjust the pulse width (VR3
a. Perform READY and XRAY operations. [PULSEADJ] of XCONT board).

Note Be mindful of polarity.


b. Adjust VR3 [PULSEADJ] so that the pulse width
at CP33 [A/D] becomes 7.5±0.1 µ sec.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 35 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Advanced Adjustments, continued


Adjusting the XCONT-2008 Board (EVO), Adjusting the Battery-Voltage Detection
continued Circuit
7. Using the method in step 6, verify the waveform Preparation
width between the following checkpoints: 1. Ensure the main breaker, key switch, and power plug
• CP [Gc] and CP [Ec] are OFF/disconnected.
• CP [Gd] and CP [Ed] 2. Ensure that the discharge procedure has been
performed.
8. Tum the power OFF (tum key switch OFF).
3. Turn ON the DIP switch SW3-8 (adjustment mode).
9. Remove the jumper between CP [+15V] and CP5
[VSIN]. 4. Ensure there are no shorted wires between the
check pins on the XCONT board.
10. Turn breaker OFF.
5. Turn the main breaker, key switch, and power plug
Adjust the mAs Circuit ON.
1. Jumper (connect) CP [+5V] and CP30 [mA-IN].
Power turns ON.
2. Turn the unit ON (turn NFB1 ON).
3. Set the relation between the frequency at CP28
[MASCLK] and the voltage at CP 30 to 5 by adjusting
VR1[mAs].
For example, if the voltage at CP30 is 5.10 V, the
frequency at CP28 is 25.5 kHz.
4. Turn the power OFF (turn OFF NFB1), and remove
the jumper between CP [+5V] and CP30 [mA-IN].
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 36 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Advanced Adjustments, continued


Adjusting the Battery-Voltage Detection Adjust the Negative-Side of Battery-Voltage
Circuit, continued Detection
Adjust the Positive-side of Battery-Voltage 1. Press the Foot button.
Detection The Negative-side battery-voltage detection
1. Press the Leg button. adjustment mode appears.
The Positive-side battery-voltage detection 2. Locate the MUXPOWER board.
adjustment mode appears.
3. Check the voltage between TER5 and TER4 and
2. Locate the MUXPOWER board. note the resulting negative-side actual battery
3. Check the voltage between TER3 and TER5 and voltage.
note the resulting positive-side actual battery 4. Set the voltage to the negative actual battery voltage
voltage. noted using the mAs+ and mAs- buttons.
4. Set the voltage to the positive actual battery voltage 5. Press the Program Entry button when you are
noted using the mAs+ and mAs- buttons. within +/-0.2 V of the noted voltage.
5. Press the Program Entry button when you are 6. After the adjustments have finished, turn OFF the
within +/-0.2 V of the noted voltage. power (turn OFF key switch).

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 37 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Display Calibration
Note Ensure every display (both modality & PACS) is 2. Adjust gamma display.
calibrated with the use of a universal standard.
a. Access the CXDI interface.
Note SMPTE display on PACS relies on local settings,
b. Notice there are 11 steps (each 10% different in
not the CXDI monitor settings (brightness, con-
brightness) in SMPTE.
trast, and gamma).
c. Adjacent to steps 1 and 11, are steps with a 5%
1. Adjust monitor brightness and contrast.
difference insert.
a. Get a SMPTE test pattern.
Notes:
b. Take an X-ray exposure.
• Settings applies only to the local display
c. On the last tab of any sensor, select a SMPTE (monitor); not DICOM images.
body part.
• Default setting is 1.60 (which is usually too
d. Showing the test pattern, adjust brightness and high).
contrast within the broadest region (black to
• Linear setting is 1.00
white).
• Most common setting is 1.10 to 1.20
• Separate settings exist for Preview image and
MAG/QA-MAG image (or HR image on 2nd
monitor).

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 38 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Display Calibration, continued


3. Send a SMPTE test pattern to all DICOM
destinations to verify linearity for:
• local display.
• all PACS reading stations.
• any printers.
Note Ensure screen brightness or film density val-
ues for each step plot in a straight line.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 39 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Uniformity Calibration
Calibration is performed to ensure individual pixel data is Preparing for Calibration
uniform. The two adjustments are: Gain and Offset. The 1. Ensure nothing is in the beam.
calibration compensates for sensitivity and tolerance
differences in hardware (tabs, registers, drivers). 2. Ensure the collimators are fully open across the
entire surface past the edge of the detectors.
The two resulting calibration output files are:
3. Use the default SID setting.
• White0.dcm
Note If a grid is installed, use the default grid focal
• Defpix0.dat
length for the SID setting.
Perform the Calibration procedure once per year for all
4. Use the average common kV setting.
new sensors.
5. Remember that dose and mAs are linearly
Note CXDI-11 and CXDI-22 must be calibrated daily by
dependent and adjust mAs until dose is within the
the user. acceptable range.
Improper calibration can cause operational issues: 6. Take an exposure.
• Auto edge detection issues The system provides information about the
• Auto ROI placement issues percentage of target dose achieved.
Note During a calibration, artifacts may appear if there 7. Repeat this procedure, adjusting mAs until dose is
is something in the field or if the collimators are in within range.
the image.
Note It should only take 2 or 3 exposures to find
the acceptable dose setting. The following
settings are typical: 0.80kV, 1mAs, at
40”(100cm) SID.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 40 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Uniformity Calibration, continued


Performing Calibration 5. If applicable, follow on-screen prompts to repeat
exposures.
Use the X-ray exposure factor values on the Calibration
screen for reference. Once calibration has completed, a dialog box
appears.
6. Tap CHECK.
7. Use the + or - buttons to record the actual X-ray
exposure values obtained.
Note Values displayed are defaults (never cali-
brated).
8. Set Timeout for warning to:
• 52 weeks (or less for most sensors).
• 1 day (for CXDI-11 or CXDI-22).
Note The data from all the calibrations is saved as the
1. Select the sensor to be calibrated. new reference values.
2. Select times value.
This is the number of exposures used for calibration.
Note The default setting of 4 is best.
3. Tap START.
4. Wait for a green ready light to appear.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 41 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Image Processing
Adjustments can be made to five image processing Image Processing Setting Notes
components: • Always check the images on a high-resolution monitor
• Gray-scale Adjustments and verify with a radiologist in PACS.
• REX Value • Adjusting the MLT functions requires training and
experience; be sure an appropriate person is
• Edge Enhancement involved.
• DEP (Display Enhancement Processing) • It’s easy to make overly extreme adjustments on the
• MLT (Multi-frequency Laplacian Transform) CXDI that are not obvious until displayed in PACS.
• Gridlines cannot be seen at the standard resolution of
the CXDI images; use MAG or a high resolution
display.
• The preview image on the CXDI is not the actual
image data; it is a much lower resolution thumbnail
representation.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 42 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Image Processing, continued


Gray-scale Adjustments REX Value
1. Create LUT by applying an S-curve, which is a film- • REX is a relative exposure index.
like characteristic.
• The REX value is tied to the brightness of the image,
2. Establish a reference point, the Region of Interest not directly to the dose.
(ROI). An ROI can be fixed or automatically placed
• The REX number is essentially the 14-bit linear output
based on the exposure mode and auto-recognition of
value of the A/D converter that corresponds to the
anatomy.
pixels in the displayed image with a brightness of 0.75
3. Shift the LUT so the ROI has the specified density OD (Optical Density).
(brightness setting).
• Adjusting the brightness and contrast of the image
Note The brightness value has a relationship to affects the REX number.
Optical Density: (Br + 2)/10 = OD.
Note However, if the brightness and contrast set-
tings of the image processing are fixed (not
adjusted), then the REX number should track
with the dose.
• Moving the ROI also affects the REX, since the overall
image brightness are shifted to new reference point.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 43 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Image Processing, continued


Edge Enhancement DEP (Display Enhancement Processing)
Edge enhancement is a filter or mask used to make the DEP is the process of presenting wide-ranging image
resulting image look sharper than it is. data on a single image while maintaining the contrast.
It is achieved by creating a high frequency unsharp mask The DEP algorithm can be broadly divided into two
of the image and subtracting it from the original image to steps:
get a high frequency image. When you add the original
1. The pixel value of the area where the value is so
image and the high frequency image together, you get
high that it is too dark to see, or the area where the
the enhanced image.
value is so low that it is too light to see, is raised or
There are two components to the edge adjustment: lowered so that an appropriate brightness is
achieved.
• Enhancement: By changing the relative amount of the
high frequency image that is added, the amount of 2. The reduced contrast is restored.
emphasis can be adjusted.
To restore the contrast, a high frequency component
• Frequency: By changing the dividing point between is added to the area where the pixel value was
the unsharp mask and the high frequency component, converted by the LUT in order to enhance the
the relative size of the enhanced transition area can contrast.
be adjusted.
As with Edge Enhancement, the high frequency
component is obtained by subtracting the unsharp
mask image from the original image.
This is a more advanced version of basic compression.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 44 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Image Processing, continued There are four versions of MLT:

MLT (Multi-frequency Laplacian Transform) Version Description


This is the fourth generation of image processing for Standard • Edge Enhance and DEP settings.
CXDI. • By default, all body part settings use the
• MLT is advanced image processing that makes more Standard Frequency adjustments.
of the dynamic range of the digital image visible on MLT (F) • Minimum software version 4.30.
the monitor. • Used by only a few sites.
• The monitor has a much smaller displayed dynamic MTL (M) • Minimum software version 5.10.
range than film and than what is available in the digital • Most systems in installed base are
image data. using this version.
• The human eye can only discern a limited range of MLT (S) • Minimum software version:
grayscales. This is usually exceeded with 8-bit – V6.50 for chest imaging
images. – V6.60 for chest and orthopedic
• The challenge is to present the data in a method that imaging
makes visible the most significant parts of the image. • MLT(S) settings are very flexible and
complex.
• This optimum adjustment varies depending upon the • Once optimized, the images are very
object imaged, so very different settings are used for impressive.
different anatomy. • Improper setting can lead to inferior
images or artifacts.
• Only a trained applications specialist
should make these settings.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 45 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Image Processing, continued


MLT (Multi-frequency Laplacian Transform), This sets the minimum density for the bright
continued region of the image, larger numbers are higher
• MLT software must be installed. minimum densities.

• Prior to V6.5, the software was purchased separately 5. If necessary, repeat the Brightness/Contrast
and installed from a floppy disk. adjustments.

• From V6.5 forward, the software must be installed at 6. Initiate and adjust Noise Reduction, if necessary.
the time of software installation or upgrade. This reduces graininess in the image.
• MLT processing must be enabled at each body part 7. Adjust the Enhancement options:
using Edit Exposure Mode or from the QA screen.
a. Initiate and adjust Edge Enhancement.
Adjust MLT(S) Settings for Initial Image QA This is the gain; it increases the amount of edge
1. Ensure all MLT(S) functions are OFF. enhancement applied
2. Set the LUT curve. b. Initiate and adjust Edge Frequency.
3. Adjust Brightness and Contrast. This determines what portion of the image to
4. Adjust Dynamic Range: enhance. Higher frequencies correspond to a
faster rate of change of the pixel densities.
a. Initiate and adjust the Dark Region Effect.
c. Initiate and adjust Contrast Boost, if necessary.
This sets the maximum density for the dark
region of the image, larger numbers are higher This adds a certain amount of enhancement to
maximum densities. the local contrast in the image.

b. Initiate and adjust the Bright Region Effect.


Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 46 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

Image Processing, continued


Manually Adjusting Trim and ROI
• The trim area is automatically detected by the system
and a green box appears on screen
Note Only data inside the trim box is exported via
DICOM.
To set a new trim area, touch the screen in two spots:
one at the desired upper left corner, and one at the lower
right corner.
• The Adjust Trim/Adjust ROI button toggles the
function of box placement on the screen.
• The active function is displayed on the button.
• Improper use of the button can result in a very small
trim area, which is then sent to PACS. Or, the ROI is
made very large, yet the cropped area sent to PACS
does not change.
• The Adjust ROI function overrides the ROI specified in
the body part program.
• Manual placement of the ROI can be used to recover
from Error-306.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 47 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Alignment and Calibration DOC1829214

AEC Calibration
AEC Quick Check • However REX numbers > 500 should be a cause
Perform the following procedure to gain an for concern
understanding of the current dose setting during normal Note Some sites may prefer a higher or lower
operation. dose, so this number is not firm.
1. On the system, look for a recent PA chest image.
2. Enter QA mode and set the following:
• Automated ROI (Chest PA w/background)
• Chest Curve
• Brightness = 16
• Contrast = 10
3. Review the REX numbers:
Note Be sure to take into account other variables
before judging the dose: Patient size, Expo-
sure AEC settings (+/-density adjustments),
and Appropriate kV for the patient anatomy
density.
• The number should be in the low 300s (300-350).
• Extremities can be < 100 REX and still be ok.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 48 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

COMPONENT LOCATIONS
Safety
LOTO

Operator Controls
X-Ray Control Keypad (DaRT)

Circuit Boards (DaRT)


Right Side Overview
Left Side Overview
Top Overview
Back Overview
XCONT 2002
NEXSC CPU
MUX Charge 04A
MUX Charge 04B
Power 100D
MUX Power 99
Inverter Unit - C1
MU Driver-2 and MUX 100D Touch/Sheet Panel

Circuit Boards (Evolution)


Right Side Overview
Left Side Overview
Back Overview

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 49 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Safety
Service engineers must be aware of important safety
precautions in order to conduct safe system repair and
maintenance. GE Healthcare insists on safety first for
you, the clinician, and the equipment. Engineers must
abide by hospital safety regulations, respect the inherent
dangers, and do everything possible to minimize and
prevent injury.
For more information, see the Environment, Health and
Safety support central site.
LOTO
Important! There are twenty 12-volt batteries in the Art/
Dart/Evo.
All energy sources for equipment on which work will be
performed and on which injury could occur due to
unexpected energization, startup, or release of stored
energy shall be deactivated. This includes opening
electrical circuits, closing and bleeding pressurized
hydraulics and pneumatics, blocking springs or
counterweights, discharging capacitors, etc.
There is a legitimate safety concern for personnel who
service, repair, set-up, and train medical equipment.
Defeating a locked and tagged piece of equipment is
prohibited.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 50 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Operator Controls
X-Ray Control Keypad (DaRT)

Attention
X-Ray cannot be radiated
X-Ray Exposure
Disturbance
Ready Up X-ray radiation is disabled due to a
Stand-By Mode fault

Exposure Region
Head Chest Abdomen Waist General Radiography
Selection
Leg Foot Arm Hand
FPD Selection

Exposure Projection
Front (AP) Side (Lateral) Oblique

Body Type
Thin Normal Obese

Key User Settings Collimator Lamp ON/OFF


To move a unit with the keyless Registration of anatomical and Bumper Switch Cancel with
entry option: programs Key button
1. Press the Key button. Also saves adjustments and Remote Controller Enable
2. Press 1111 (Front-AP). changes to user settings
3. Press the Key button. DR System Long-Term Imaging Enable

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 51 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (DaRT)


Right Side Overview

XCONT -2002

NEXSC CPU

18 power supply LDA75F24-7


MU Driver-2
LDC60F2 power supply

Line filter
Circuit protector CP32V

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 52 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (DaRt), continued


Left Side Overview

Inverter Unit - C1

MUX Power-99

MUX Charge-04B MUX Charge-04A

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 53 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (DaRt), continued


Top Overview
Batteries (x4)

Power-100D

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 54 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (DaRt), continued


Back Overview
Batteries

Canon PC

Power supply for Canon

Line conditioner

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 55 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (DaRt), continued


XCONT 2002
CP32 - 40 VR3 VR4

CP24-31

CP18 - 23 VR2

VR1

CP16 - 17 CP5-15

CP1-2 CP3-4

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 56 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (DaRt), continued


NEXSC CPU
CP2

SW1

CP3

CP1

CP4 SW2-3
CP5

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 57 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (DaRt), continued


MUX Charge 04A

CP20-23 F1

CP24-28

CP29,30

CP6,7

LD2, 3
CP17

CP14-16
CP9 CP10-13 VR1-3

CP1-5, CP19

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 58 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (DaRt), continued


MUX Charge 04B

CP1 CP2

CP4
CP3

CP5-7

F1

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 59 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (DaRt), continued


Power 100D

LED5
LED1-3

CP2 VR1

VR2

CP5

CP1 LED4

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 60 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (DaRt), continued


MUX Power 99

F2-5

TER5

F1 TER4

TER3

F6

TER1
LD1
F7
TER2
F8
LED1
F9

TER7, 8, 9

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 61 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (DaRt), continued


Inverter Unit - C1

X4 X5

X3

X2

X1
CP11
CP5, 6, 3, 4, 10, 12, 8, 9
CP7

CP13 SW1A & B

CP1,2

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 62 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (DaRt), continued


MU Driver-2 and MUX 100D Touch/Sheet Panel

CP1

CP2, 3, 4

CP5, 6, 7, 8

CP9, 10

Volume Control on Sheet Panel


CP11, 12

CP13, 14

CP15

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 63 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (Evolution)


Right Side Overview

MUX Capacitor 32k only


Discharge switch

Wireless detector

LDC60F-2 power supply


KV adj 32k assy board (onXCONT)
LDA75F-24-y power supply
XCONT 2008

NEX-SH CPU

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 64 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (Evolution), continued


Left Side Overview

Inverter Unit

MUX Power 32K

MUX Charge 32K

MUX Charge-04B

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 65 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Component Locations DOC1829214

Circuit Boards (Evolution), continued


Back Overview

Canon PC
Power 200D

DC/AC Inverter

Power Box

MU Driver-07

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 66 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Error Codes DOC1829214

ERROR CODES
Safety
LOTO
Errors and Faults (Art/DaRt)
Error and Fault Categories
Detailed Fault List
Detailed Error List
Alarms and Errors (Evolution)
Alarm Message List
Error Message List

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 67 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Error Codes DOC1829214

Safety
Service engineers must be aware of important safety
precautions in order to conduct safe system repair and
maintenance. GE Healthcare insists on safety first for
you, the clinician, and the equipment. Engineers must
abide by hospital safety regulations, respect the inherent
dangers, and do everything possible to minimize and
prevent injury.
For more information, see the Environment, Health and
Safety support central site.
LOTO
Important! There are twenty 12-volt batteries in the Art/
Dart/Evo.
All energy sources for equipment on which work will be
performed and on which injury could occur due to
unexpected energization, startup, or release of stored
energy shall be deactivated. This includes opening
electrical circuits, closing and bleeding pressurized
hydraulics and pneumatics, blocking springs or
counterweights, discharging capacitors, etc.
There is a legitimate safety concern for personnel who
service, repair, set-up, and train medical equipment.
Defeating a locked and tagged piece of equipment is
prohibited.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 68 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Error Codes DOC1829214

Errors and Faults (Art/DaRt)


Errors and faults are captured in the error logs and Error and Fault Categories
indicated on the X-ray control panel in the mAs display:
Code Problem Area Suspects

F0x System Power • T1 transformer is not


correctly tapped or supply
voltage is out of range.
• Power supplies not
operating; specifically
15VDC.
F1x Tube Voltage • Problem with kV control
circuit
Error indicator. Code will appear on • Tube arcing detected
X-ray is disabled. the mAs display for
• Bad FVR calibration
approximately 3
seconds. F2x Tube Current • Problem with mA control
circuit
Fault indicator. Cycle the power to
eliminate the error. • Bad FVR calibration
• Open filament
F3x Filament • Problems with filament
Current heating circuit
• Bad FVR calibration
• Open filament

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 69 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Error Codes DOC1829214

Errors and Faults (Art/DaRt), continued


Error and Fault Categories, continued Detailed Fault List

Code Problem Area Suspects Code Meaning

F5x Battery and • Aging batteries F01 Main supply voltage is more than 20% higher than the
Charging standard voltage.
• Problems with charging
circuit F02 Main supply voltage is more than 30% lower than the
• User produced standard voltage.

F6x Timing • X-ray control circuit F03 -15V OK signal is not supplied. (A failure in –15V
problem supply.)
• Starter problem F11 X-ray tube voltage during irradiation is detected to be
more than 30 kV higher than the set value.
• User produced
F12 Measured X-ray tube voltage during irradiation is more
Hx Thermal • Tube HU limit reached or
than 50% lower than the set value.
Errors exceeded
• Thermal detection circuit F13 Measured X-ray tube voltage during irradiation is lower
problem than 10kV.

dx Travel Errors • User produced F14 KVBR signal is supplied. (A glow discharge in X-ray
tube, or abnormal high X-ray tube voltage has been
• Power-on status detected.)
• Drive motor problems
F21 Measured X-ray tube current during irradiation is more
than 50mA larger than the set value.
F22 Measured X-ray tube current during irradiation is more
than 50% smaller than the set value.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 70 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Error Codes DOC1829214

Errors and Faults (Art/DaRt), continued


Detailed Fault List, continued Code Meaning

Code Meaning F5a Signal CHBR1 is supplied. (Charging current is higher


than 3.8A.)
F23 Measured X-ray tube current during irradiation is smaller
than 10mA. F5b Signal CHBR2 is supplied. (Battery voltage + or - side
during charging is higher than 155V.)
F31 Measured filament current is more than 50% higher than
F5c The power lead was connected when the main breaker
the set value.
is turned off.
F32 Measured filament current is more than 50% lower than
the set value. F5E Measured charging current more than 50% larger than
the set value for 10 seconds.
F33 Measured filament current is lower than 1A.
F5F Measured charging current less than 30% of the set
F51 Battery voltage of plus-side during charging is higher value for 10 seconds.
than 155V.
F61 STOK signal is not returned even after the starter drive
F52 Battery voltage of plus-side during charging is lower time is over.
than 100V.
F62 XOK is not returned even after one second has passed
F53 Battery voltage of minus-side during charging is higher since HX1 was supplied.
than 155V.
F6E Irradiation does not finish by backup time / mAs.
F54 Battery voltage of minus-side during charging is lower
F6F KVT does not input even after 250 msec has passed
than 100V.
since EXR output.
F55 Voltage of plus-side battery is more than 12V higher
than that of minus-side battery.
F56 Voltage of minus-side battery is more than 12V higher
than that of plus-side battery.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 71 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Error Codes DOC1829214

Errors and Faults (Art/DaRt), continued


Detailed Error List Code Meaning

Code Meaning d0 Abnormal motor function is detected.

F64 Invalid HX signal input. (For example, the hand switch d1 Over-current (motor) is detected.
was pushed at the time of power on.) d2 Abnormal motor function is detected.
F65 Invalid AR signal input. (For example, the hand switch d3 Abnormal encoder is detected.
was pushed at the time of power on.)
d4 Brake release switch is ON at power on.
F68 The X-ray exposure operation was done before the
ready preparation of the FPD device was completed. d5 Small movement switch (forward) is ON at power on.
F6d EMG signal is supplied. (Emergency stop switch is d6 Small movement switch (backward) is ON at power on.
being pressed.)
d7 Drive handle input (left) was detected at power on.
F76 An illegal value was transmitted from CXDI. (For
example, an out-of-range APR number.) d8 Drive handle input (right) was detected at power on.

H1 With the set exposure condition, the heat accumulated d9 Bumper switch is ON at power on.
on the anode of the X-ray tube is over tolerance. d10 Arm lock release switch is ON at power on.
H2 The heat accumulated on the anode of the X-ray tube
d11 Arm lock release lever is ON at power on.
has reached its tolerance limit.
H4 THERMAL signal is not supplied.
E CPU battery voltage has dropped.
EEE CPU battery is completely empty.
bbb Main battery voltage has dropped. (Only movement of
the system is possible.)

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 72 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Error Codes DOC1829214

Alarms and Errors (Evolution)


Alarm Message List Code Description

Code Description EEE The life of battery for CPU memory backup has
expired. Contact your nearest authorized
F64,F65 Abnormal input signal from hand switch service center.
F68,F76 Abnormal operation regarding DR system E5 The battery for the Emergency Break Release
needs to be replaced now. Contact your nearest
F6d Input of EMG SW signal authorized service center.
H1 With the set exposure condition, the heat bbb Main battery voltage has dropped. (Only movement
accumulated on the anode of the X-ray tube is over of the system is possible.)
tolerance. Reduce the exposure condition, or stop
exposure until warning code disappeared. d0-d3 Abnormal DC motor function detected
H2 The heat accumulated on the anode of the X-ray d4-d11 Abnormality regarding other mechanical parts
tube has reached to its tolerance limit. Stop (except DC motors)
exposures until this warning code disappears.
d12-d15 Possible abnormal DC motor function detected (not
H4 The temperature of the X-ray tube assembly is too defined)
high. Stop exposures until this warning code
disappears.
E The lithium battery for CPU memory backup needs
to be replaced now. Contact your nearest authorized
service center.
Note This battery backs up the SRAM on the NEX-
SH board. If this battery dies, data will be lost,
such as the last used APR and X-ray condi-
tion, the error log, and the time setting. How-
ever, the Mobile DaRt Evolution can still be
operated.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 73 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Error Codes DOC1829214

Alarms and Errors (Evolution), continued


Error Message List

Code Description

F01,F02 The supply voltage is out of its normal range.


F03 The power supply circuit in the system is at fault.
F11-F16 The X-ray tube voltage control is at fault.
F1a,F1b KVADJ board is not attached correctly.
F21-F23 The X-ray tube current control is at fault.
F31-F33 The filament heating control is at fault.
F41-F46 The main capacitor charging control is at fault.
F51-F5F The battery charging control is at fault.
F61 The starter is at fault.
F62 There is abnormality in the Bucky unit operation.
F6E,F6F The irradiation control or photo timer

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 74 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

FUNCTIONAL CHECKS AND PROCEDURES


Safety MUX-LC1B
LOTO MUX POWER 32K
Functional Checks MUX Capacitor
Generator Status Indicators Sheet Panel
X-Ray Exposure RC Receiver and RC Transmitter board (Option)
Battery Charging MU Driver-07
Parking Assembly Power 200D
Drive Motor kV ADJ-32K
Force Sensing Resistors CXDI-50G/C Detector LEDs
Emergency Brake Release
Batteries Generator Interface Validation
Collimator Lamp Checking the Firmware Version
NEXSC Backup Battery Copying Image Files from CXDI
Starter Anonymizing Personal Data
IGBT
Cord Reel and Wall Plug
Canon CXDI Sensor Network

Boards
Art/Dart NEXSC DIP Switches
Evolution NEX-SH board
Evolution XCONT-2008 board
Inverter Unit 32K
MUX Charge 32K
MUX CHARGE –04B

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 75 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Safety
Service engineers must be aware of important safety
precautions in order to conduct safe system repair and
maintenance. GE Healthcare insists on safety first for
you, the clinician, and the equipment. Engineers must
abide by hospital safety regulations, respect the inherent
dangers, and do everything possible to minimize and
prevent injury.
For more information, see the Environment, Health and
Safety support central site.
LOTO
Important! There are twenty 12-volt batteries in the Art/
Dart/Evo.
All energy sources for equipment on which work will be
performed and on which injury could occur due to
unexpected energization, startup, or release of stored
energy shall be deactivated. This includes opening
electrical circuits, closing and bleeding pressurized
hydraulics and pneumatics, blocking springs or
counterweights, discharging capacitors, etc.
There is a legitimate safety concern for personnel who
service, repair, set-up, and train medical equipment.
Defeating a locked and tagged piece of equipment is
prohibited.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 76 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks
Generator Status Indicators X-Ray Exposure
Preparation
Off Arm parked or
no power 1. Turn the key switch OFF.
Blue Normal 2. Ensure the power cord is unplugged.
operation
3. Turn the main breaker OFF.
Green X-ray
preparation 4. On the NEXSC CPU board, flip DIP switch 3-8 to
Orange X-ray ON (adjustment mode).
exposure 5. On the NEXSC CPU board, flip DIP switch 2-5 to
Red ON. (measurement display mode).
Error condition
6. On the XCONT board, ensure there are no shorted
wires between check pins.
7. Turn the main breaker ON.
Ready Check
1. Turn the key switch ON.
2. Press the Collimator Lamp button or briefly press
the hand switch and verify that the lamp comes on.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 77 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


X-Ray Exposure, continued 3. At the same time, check the waveform of tube
voltage CP9 [TKV] and tube current CP11 [TMa]
3. Press the hand switch to put the unit in the ready-for-
exposure state. Verify the anode of the X-ray tube is and to ground, which are on the XCONT board.
rotating and the Ready-Up light comes on in about 3
seconds.
4. During READY operation, check the waveform of
filament heating voltage between CP2 [CO] and
CP1 [CL] on the Inverter Unit - C1 board.

X-Ray Exposure Check/Adjust (two-point mode)


1. Press the Head button.
If the waveform or invasive meter is not correct,
check calibrations and adjust.
2. Adjust on the following two points:
80kV.50mA: 45 ~ 48mA
80kV,160mA: 148 ~ 155mA 4. If necessary, press the Chest button to get into the
Tube Current Manual Adjustment mode and then
check that the value is within -15 to +5 percent range
of the setting value as listed above.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 78 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


X-Ray Exposure Check/Adjust (two-point mode), Battery Charging
continued
Preparation
Note Do not make an exposure without either a mAs
1. Turn the key switch OFF.
meter or the jumper/plate in place.
2. Ensure the power cord is unplugged.
Connect a mAs meter to mA+ and mA- of termi-
3. Turn the main breaker OFF.
nal board X2 on the XCONT board. For the mea-
surements, remove the short-circuit plate. 4. On the NEXSC board, flip DIP switch 3-8
(adjustment mode) to ON.
5. Ensure there are no shorted wires between check
pins on the XCONT board.
6. Turn the main breaker ON.
Procedure
1. Turn the key switch ON.
2. On the X-ray control keypad, press the Obese
button and then the Leg button. There is a 10-
second delay, after which the battery is charged for
about one minute.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 79 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


Battery Charging, continued Parking Assembly
3. Confirm that the waveform of the voltage between Arm Catch and Parking Switches
CP16 [120Hz] and CP15 [GND] on the MUX The MU Driver board has two LEDs that indicate the
Charge 04A board is correct. For example, if the status two switches:
main supply frequency is 50Hz, the period between
pulses is 10ms. LD7: Switch 1 - engaged only when the tube arm is being
latched into place
4. Then unplug the unit.
LD8: Switch 4 - engaged the entire time the tube arm is
5. Reset the DIP switch. latched in place.
Switch 4 directs the unit to drive in high speed or low
speed and turns off the control panel.
If Switch 4 disengages during travel, the speed
immediately changes to low. This can usually be fixed by
adjusting the placement of Switch 4.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 80 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


Drive Motor determine whether the motor or encoder is
1. Verify the motor condition: behaving erratically, view the running speed.

a. On the MU Driver board, check motor test points 3. Verify the input and output signals:
CP9 (left) and CP10 (right). There is a 2.5VDC a. Force sensing resistors (FSRs) send input
offset and every tenth of a volt corresponds to signals to the motor. Check that handle pressure
0.67A. The d1 error occurs when a motor is being detected using CP11 (right) and CP12
exceeds 3.5V for 10 seconds at these test points. (left). The signal ranges from 1-4VDC; no
b. On the MU Driver board, swap the motor power pressure is 2.5V.
and encoder cables. b. Detach the motor power and encoder cables
Left motor: swap CN6 and CN14. from the MU Driver board.
Right motor: swap CN7 and CN16. While operating the handle, measure the output
• If the original motor has issues, replace that power signals on CN14 (left) and CN16 (right).
motor. The right motor uses -120VDC for forward high
• If the other motor has issues, replace the board. speed; the left motor uses 120VDC for forward
high speed. This maintains the balance of the
c. Unplug the power cables CN14 and CN16. batteries.
Measure the resistance across the motor
windings. The motor with the lowest resistance
should be replaced.
2. Verify the encoder condition:
a. A d3 error occurs when there is an abnormal
encoder detected for one of the motors. To
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 81 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


Force Sensing Resistors 2. Adjust the driving characteristics:
The FSRs generate signals that drive the unit. There are In User Settings, adjust the forward and backward
four FSRs: two on each side for forward and backward drive compensation, acceleration and steering
detection of the handle. control compensation.
The following speeds are available: 3. Verify the FSRs are sending a signal to the drive
• Normal Travel Mode (~5km/hr) motors:

• Slow Travel Mode (~1km/hr) On the MU Driver board, measure CP11 (right) and
CP12 (left).
• Inch Mover (~5cm/s)
Automatic braking occurs when the handle is released.
If the FSRs are damaged or aged, replace both sets and
the pads at the same time.
1. Calibrate the handles:
As the FSR pads age, the handle must be regularly
calibrated to ensure equivalent response between
the drive motors. Adjust the FSR signal response
using the Adjusting the Handle procedure and a
spring gauge.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 82 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


Emergency Brake Release 2. Press the break
This allows you to move the unit when the batteries are release button:
dead.

1. Turn the brake


release key switch:

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 83 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


Batteries As batteries age, the kV waveform will often begin to
1. Check the error logs: reduce during exposure or will not be able to achieve
the intended level.
Battery-related fault errors are more common as the
batteries age. The system generates these errors to 5. Check battery power draw during exposure:
protect itself. Attach an oscilloscope to TER3 and TER4 on the
All battery errors have the format F5x and appear POWER-99 board.
briefly at the time of the error, but are stored in the Check the battery condition 80ms into the exposure
error log. using the procedure Checking Battery Voltage
2. Check the battery code: Drop During Imaging.

Each set of batteries in a unit has an associated If during any exposure the battery levels drop below
battery code. This value is set in the Battery Setting 75 percent of their original value (less than
Mode and should be adjusted when new batteries 180VDC), the batteries should be replaced.
are installed.
3. Check battery calibration:
Calibrate the battery detection circuit to within
+/-0.2VDC using the procedure Adjusting the
Battery-Voltage Detection Circuit.
4. Check feedback signals:
During an exposure, verify the measured kV and mA
feedback check points: CP9 [TKV] and CP11 [TMa]
on the XCONT board.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 84 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


Batteries, continued generates error F52 or F54. If either if these test
6. Verify the charging circuit. points exceeds 155VDC, error F51 or F53
occurs.
a. Check the charging signal
Routine Battery Replacement
Monitor the charging voltage on CP20 [VP1] and The manufacturer recommends replacing the
CP21 [VP2] of the XCONT 2002 board. The batteries every two years. Batteries used beyond
charging current can be monitored on CP22 [IC]. their intended life will begin to lose their power
There is also a diagnostic test for the charging capacity and a high technique will cause a significant
circuit using the procedure Adjusting the drain during exposure.
Battery-Voltage Detection Circuit. Replace all 20 batteries and verify neither set of 10
After selecting the menu, there is a ten-second varies in manufacturing date by more than one
delay and the battery charges for about one month.
minute. When the batteries are replaced, do not charge
You can check the waveform between CP16 them. Use the system until the red LED light on the
[120Hz] and CP15 [GND] on the MUX Charge battery charge indicator is illuminated before
04A board. charging.
b. Check the voltage detection circuit: The batteries are fully charged after 8-10 hours; 90
percent charged after 5 hours.
On the MUX Charge 04A board, measure CP10
[120+] and CP11 [120-]. Ending battery charging early causes the charge
indicator to initially have inaccurate readings
These values identify over-voltage conditions. If because the battery charge level has not stabilized.
either of these check points are less than 100V,
the CPU will not allow charging to begin and
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 85 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


Batteries, continued
Note Frequent, insufficient charging may lower the bat-
tery performance and reduce the battery life.
For detailed battery replacement instructions, see
MVXRSN_ battery change SN DOC1025751.pdf.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 86 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


Collimator Lamp NEXSC Backup Battery
1. Make a visual inspection. To verify the condition of the NEXSC CPU battery,
measure battery voltage while the power is OFF. It
Viewing the bulb filament usually indicates whether
should be 3V.
the bulb needs replacing.
Cycle the power and check for these error codes:
2. Verify the voltage supply:
• E appears immediately at turn on when the battery
a. Remove the JCH2 connector to prevent any
voltage is getting low.
harm to the bulb during adjustment.
• EEE indicates the battery is completely drained. In
b. On the MUX Charge 04A board, adjust VR1
this condition, the contents of the SRAM are lost.
[LAMP] to achieve a pulse width of 3.8+/-0.1ms
across CP17 while the collimator lamp button is Replacement
selected. The recommended replacement time for the NEXSC
c. Verify that the measured voltage across the bulb backup battery is one year.
is 10.5- 11.5VDC. Replace it immediately after the E error code is seen.
Replacement Replace the battery with the power ON.
Do not touch a new quartz bulb as the oil from your
hands can cause it to burn out prematurely.
If you touch the bulb, clean it with isopropyl alcohol.
Measure the pulsed voltage supply to verify it is within
tolerance.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 87 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


Starter If the stator is okay, the detection circuit issues the signal
STOK to the X-CONT 2002 board.
On the Inverter Unit - C1 board, check that the stator
coil current detection circuit measured by CP7 [YC] and
CP11 [ZC], or the reading at CP7, is greater than 1V.
A normal response during prep is greater than 1V.
The tube stator resistance is:
X-Y = 13 ohms
X-Z = 46 ohms
Y-Z = 59 ohms

A fluke volt meter has a Hz setting, allowing you to


measure the speed of the rotating tube while coasting
with the power off.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 88 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


IGBT The resistance across this junction should have
1. Check the IGBT input gate waveforms: the same results as across C-E. Anything
unusual normally indicates a short in the G-E
CP33 [A/D] and CP34 [B/C] on the XCONT 2002 junction.
board should be 180 degrees out of phase from each
other. Replacement
When replacing IGBTs, always exchange with the same
On the Inverter Unit - C1 board, CP5 [Ga] and CP6 type by the same manufacturer.
[Ea] should be 180 degrees out of phase from CP10
[Gb] and CP12 [Eb]. Always replace IGBT modules together because they
are connected in parallel pairs. If one becomes
2. Check the IGBT module: damaged, the other will likely be affected.
a. Check the collector—emitter resistance: After replacement, perform a gate driver pulse
With a multi-meter, check the resistance across adjustment between the gate (base) and emitter.
both collectors and emitters: the positive lead to
the collector and negative to the emitter.
The resistance reading should range from
several Mohm to infinity. Anything other than this
typically indicates a damaged device where the
collector is shorted to the emitter.
b. Check the gate-to-emitter junction:
Measure across each set of gate and emitter
pins, G1 and E1 as well as G2 and E2.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 89 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


Cord Reel and Wall Plug Canon CXDI Sensor Network
1. Check the cord reel. Determine the IP address in Windows XP using the
TCP\IP Properties window:
If it no longer retracts or will not lock in place, replace
it.
If there is a problem with the unit not charging, it is
likely related to the wall plug.
2. Check the wall plug:
a. Plug in the cord. The charging symbol “~” should
light up immediately. Charging should begin
about 5 seconds later.
b. If charging does not occur, examine the wire
connections inside the plug, and check that the
plug prongs are not loose.
c. If there is a gap between the stopper and the
plug, often the wires will break. In this case, cut
back the cable and re-terminate the wall plug. This network must be separate from the DICOM network.
Network hardware is provided by the dealer/distributor.
If there is only one sensor, connect a crossover Ethernet
(Cat-5) patch cable from the power box to the PC.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 90 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


Canon CXDI Sensor Network, continued Self tests can fail even if Calibration passes.
If there is more than one sensor, all sensors are Self test logs and images are saved in D:\ccr\logs folder.
connected through a switching hub to a single Ethernet
port on the PC, as follows: Self Test 1 Notes

1. Connect a standard (straight) Cat-5 patch cable to This is the most common of the tests to fail.
each sensor. Failure is usually related to the actual test conditions, not
2. Connect each cable to a switching hub. the sensor itself.

3. Connect a standard Cat-5 patch cable from the PC Failure is caused by excessive gain compensation in any
to the switching hub. particular region of the panel (as compared to the whole
panel).
Self Test
Usually something is in the X-ray field. Examples:
Always run self tests after calibration using the exact
same exposure conditions. • Collimator blades (always open beyond the edge of
sensor)
Self Test performs internal self-diagnostic testing of the
LANMIT and image-transfer path to the computer. • Lead markers
Five tests are performed: • Lead particles in the collimator (look behind the
mirror)
1. Gain Compensation Inspection
• Phototimer cables or the edge of the chamber itself
2. Transfer Path Inspection 1
• Even ‘heal effect’ on steep target angle x-ray tubes
3. Transfer Path Inspection 2
4. Offset Compensation Inspection
5. Offset Compensation Uniformity Inspection Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 91 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Functional Checks, continued


Canon CXDI Sensor Network, continued
Self Test 5 Notes
This is the second most common test to fail.
It is usually due to pattern noise such as that from AC or
switching power supplies.
The test uses standard deviation in blocks of pixels.
Corrective action is to isolate and remove the source of
noise, or make the system less sensitive to it.
Try to establish a reproducible condition and then
troubleshoot using this condition, for example:
• Minimum kV setting
• Minimum mAs
• Add absorber to the field (homogeneous phantom)
• Reduce signal level (dose) to the point where the
image starts to look grainy (quantum mottle), but not
fully into white noise.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 92 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards
Art/Dart NEXSC DIP Switches

DIP DIP
Function Default Function Default
Switch Switch

SW2-1 Reserved ON SW3-1 ON: EPROM Initialization OFF


OFF: Normal Mode
SW2-2 Reserved ON SW3-2 ON: Phototimer Mode OFF
OFF: Normal Mode
SW2-3 Reserved OFF SW3-3 ON: 0.7U163CS-35 (300kHU) Tube ON
OFF: 0.7U163CS-36 (140kHU) Tube
SW2-4 Reserved OFF SW3-4 ON: Remote Control Option OFF
OFF: Normal Mode
SW2-5 ON: Measured Value Display Mode OFF SW3-5 ON: Printer Option OFF
OFF: Normal Mode OFF: Normal Mode
SW2-6 ON: EMC1 Compliant Systems v1.52 or later OFF SW3-6 Reserved OFF
OFF: EMC1 Compliant Systems
SW2-7 Reserved OFF SW3-7 ON: Hand Held Device Option OFF
OFF: Normal Mode
SW2-8 ON: Initial Setting Mode OFF SW3-8 ON: Adjustment Mode OFF
OFF: Normal Mode OFF: Normal Mode

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 93 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Evolution NEX-SH board Lithium battery replacement
This is the CPU board which controls MobileDaRt When the life of the lithium battery is expired, certain
Evolution using the software. data (exposure counter, error log, time setting data, etc.)
stored in the SRAM will be erased. When the message
The following data is stored in this board. Be sure to back requesting battery replacement is displayed, replace the
up the following data in preparation for board battery using the following procedure.
replacement.
1. Turn on the power ON.
1. Initial setting data
2. Replace the existing lithium battery with a new one.
2. FVR value
3. Verify normal operation.
3. APR data
4. Exposure counter
5. Cumulated mileage
6. Error log
7. APR and X-ray condition which was set just before the
power was turned off last time
8. Time setting data
During Board Replacement
When replacing the board, set the DIP switches first,
then initialize the board. After that, perform the initial
setting, adjust the FVR and register the APR.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 94 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Evolution NEX-SH board, continued
LED List

LED Description

LD1 and LD2 Indicate the status in the 7-segment display


area as follows:
PS: Stand-by condition
SS: An input is given from a sheet key
On: Exposure is being performed
OFF: Exposure is finished
LD3-6 Flickers while the X-ray tube is released.

Check Pin List

CP CP Name Description

CP1 System clock CLK6M


CP2 System clock CLK12M
CP3 Vbatt Lithium battery voltage
CP4 +5V +5V
CP5 DGND GND

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 95 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Evolution NEX-SH board, continued
DIP Switches

Number Function Setting Default

SW2-1 Unit setting ON ON


SW2-2 RESERVED Normally OFF OFF
SW2-3 RESERVED Normally OFF OFF
SW2-4 RESERVED Normally OFF OFF
SW2-5 Measured value ON: Measured value display mode OFF
display mode OFF: Normal mode
SW2-6 RESERVED Normally OFF OFF
SW2-7 CR communication ON ON
SW2-8 Initial setting mode ON: Initial setting mode OFF
OFF: Normal mode
SW3-1 EEPROM ON: Initialization OFF
Initialization OFF: Normal mode
(EEPROM Initialization is performed when
SW3-1 is turned ON together with SW2-8)
SW3-2 Keyless Entry ON: Option enable OFF
option OFF: Option disable

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 96 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Evolution NEX-SH board, continued
DIP Switches, continued

Number Function Setting Default

SW3-3 RESERVED Normally OFF OFF


SW3-4 Remote controller ON: Option enable OFF
option OFF: Option disable
SW3-5 Dose meter option ON: Option enable OFF
OFF: Option disable
SW3-6 Bucky technique Normally ON ON
SW3-7 RESERVED Normally OFF OFF
SW3-8 Adjustment mode ON: Adjustment mode OFF
OFF: Normal mode
SW4-1 RESERVED Normally OFF OFF
SW4-2 RESERVED Normally OFF OFF
SW4-3 RESERVED Normally OFF OFF
SW4-4 RESERVED Normally OFF OFF

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 97 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Evolution NEX-SH board, continued
Jumper List

Pin
Number Name Setting Remarks
Number

1-2 — Shorted —
JP1
2-3 — Open —
1-2 — Shorted —
JP2
2-3 — Open —
1-2 — Open —
JP3
2-3 — Shorted —

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 98 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Evolution XCONT-2008 board 12. Initializing circuit for FPGA on MU DRIVER-07 board.
This board performs general control. It is equipped with 13. Pulse count circuit for the dose meter option
the following circuits:
14. Circuit for Dose calculation option
1. I/O circuit, A/D circuit and D/A circuit t o transfer data
to NEX-SH board 15. Output for the speaker

2. Circuits to detect and feed back TKV and TMA 16. Circuit for the lighting hand switch

3. TKV OVER detection circuit (X-ray tube discharge 17. Interface for MUX CAPACITOR board, which controls
detection circuit) charging of the capacitors

4. System timer circuit (X-ray cutoff signal) 18. Interfaces for POWER-200D, which controls power
supply for DR system
5. IGBT drive control circuit
19. Circuit for 32kW H.V. Transformer
6. Filament heating FET drive control circuit
During Board Replacement
7. Dynamic display control circuit, sheet key input circuit • Adjust the VR1 (mAs), the VR2 (VFADJ) and the VR3
and sheet key search circuit (PULSEADJ).
8. -15V detection circuit • Confirm the detected battery charged voltage.
9. Power ON reset circuit (master reset signal)
10. Charging control
11. Interface circuit with each boards
The following are new functions, which were added to
the old model XCONT-2002 board.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 99 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Evolution XCONT-2008 board, continued VR List
LED List
VR Signal Name Description
Signal VR1 mAs Adjusts the mAs clock.
LED Description
Name
VR2 VFADJ Adjusts the inverter working
LD1 KEY IN Lights when an input is given from the frequency.
panel.
VR3 PULSE ADJ Adjusts the IGBT gate pulse.
LD2 AR Lights when the READY switch or the first
VR9 Adjusts the response of kV
step of the hand switch is pressed.
feedback.
LD3 HX Lights when the READY switch or the first VR10 Set to the center position normally
step of the hand switch is pressed. in case of MobileDaRt Evolution.
Two potentiometers are necessary
LD4 CHON-O Lights during charging. for the wide mA range and for Ezy-
RAD and MUX-100 series.
LD5 +3.3V OK -

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 100 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Evolution XCONT-2008 board, continued CP CP Name Description
Check Pin List CP12 PKV Preset tube voltage (1V/20 kV)

CP CP Name Description CP13 RMA Preset tube current (1V/50 mA)

CP1 +5V +5V CP14 FVR Preset filament current (1V/1A)

CP2 GND GND CP15 PH-REF Preset phototimer reference voltage (Not
used for MUX-200H/D series)
CP3 CHECK1 To be short-circuited during adjustment.
CP16 GND GND
Short-circuit them first, then turn on the
CP4 CHECK2 power. Short-circuiting them in the power CP17 +15V +15V
ON status is invalid.
CP18 +5V +5V
CP5 VSIN 15V input during adjustment of inverter
control. circuit CP19 GND GND
CP6 IFST Filament heating voltage signal (after CP20 VP1 + side of the measured charged voltage of
correction) the batteries(3V/100V) / the measured
charged voltage of the capacitors (3V/
CP7 IFV Measured filament current (1V/1A) 200V):Changeover by the signal CHK60
CP8 VS Inverter working frequency voltage until CP21 VP2 - side of the measured charged voltage of
the tube voltage reaches the preset value the batteries (3V/100V)
CP9 TKV Measured tube voltage (1V/20 kV) CP22 IC Charging current detection ( 1V/ 1A )
CP10 VN Reference inverter working frequency CP23 LV Power supply confirmation (2V/100%)
voltage after the tube voltage reaches the (which detects 100V output from the T1)
preset value
CP11 TMA Measured tube current (1V/50 mA)
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 101 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Evolution XCONT-2008 board, continued CP CP Name Description
Check Pin List, continued CP35 KVFB- Tube voltage feedback signal (-) (1V/20
kV)
CP CP Name Description
CP36 KVFB+ Tube voltage feedback signal (+) (1V/20
CP24 +15V +15V kV)
CP25 GND GND CP37 KVT Signal that increases when the tube
voltage reaches the preset value
CP26 -15V -15V
CP38 Q1-4 Heating FET drive control signal
CP27 VIN Inverter frequency voltage
CP39 EXRR Exposure signal
CP28 MASCLK Signal created when the TMA is converted
into the frequency by the V/F converter. CP40 Q2-3 Heating FET drive control signal
This signal (5 kHz/50 mA) is used in the
mAs timer. CP41 SSD1 -
CP42 VINCK3 To be short-circuited during factory
CP29 F Oscillation frequency to drive the IGBT.
adjustment etc. to cancel kV feedback
This signal is adjusted by the VR2 CP43 VINCK4
(VFADJ). control
CP44 VINCK1 To be short-circuited during factory
CP30 mA-IN To be short-circuited during mAs
adjustment etc. to cancel VP
adjustment CP45 VINCK2 compensation control
CP31 CHGREF Not Used
CP46 CP MACK -
CP32 GND GND
CP47 CP *MR -
CP33 A/D IGBT drive control signal
CP34 B/C IGBT drive control signal

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 102 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Evolution XCONT-2008 board, continued
Check Pin List, continued

CP CP Name Description

CP48 +3.3V -
CP49 GND GND
CP50 GND GND
CP51 GND GND
CP52 GND GND
CP53 GND GND
CP54 GND GND
CP55 GND GND
CP56 GND GND
CP57 GND GND
CP58 KVFB+ -
CP59 KVFB- -
CP60 mAFBON -

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 103 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Evolution XCONT-2008 board, continued Pin
Number Name Setting Remarks
Jumper List Number
1-2 MO Open —
Pin JP8
Number Name Setting Remarks 2-3 RO Shorted —
Number

1-2 ON Shorted —
JP1
2-3 KC2 Open —
1-2 C/C1 Shorted —
JP2
2-3 C2 Open —
1-2 S Open —
JP3
2-3 L Shorted —
1-2 — Open —
JP4
2-3 — Shorted —
1-2 — Open —
JP5
2-3 — Shorted —
1-2 — Open —
JP6
2-3 — Shorted —
1-2 — Open —
JP7
2-3 — Shorted —
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 104 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Inverter Unit 32K CP CP Name Description
This board controls the power system. It is equipped with
CP7 YC Stator coil current detection
the following circuits: (1V or more is normal.)
• IGBT circuit CP8 Gd
IGBT gate signal
• Filament heating circuit CP9 Ed
• Starter circuit CP10 Gb IGBT gate signal

During Board Replacement CP11 ZC Stator coil current detection


(1V or more is normal.)
1. Adjust the FVR.
CP12 Eb IGBT gate signal
2. Confirm TkV.
CP13 GND GND
3. Reset the DIP switch. CP14 CL1 Filament heating voltage for the large focus
Check Pin List CP15 CS1 Filament heating voltage for the small focus

CP CP Name Description

CP1 CL
Filament heating voltage
CP2 CO
CP3 Gc
IGBT gate signal
CP4 Ec
CP5 Ga
IGBT gate signal
CP6 Ea
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 105 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Inverter Unit 32K, continued
Fuse List

Fuse
Description
Name

F1 Provided for protection (600V,150A or 660V, 160A)

DIP Switches

Number Function Setting Default

SW1 Unit Setting Normally OFF OFF


SW2 Not used Normally OFF OFF

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 106 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
MUX Charge 32K LED Signal Name Description
Functions:
LD4 VCOK Lights ON when the charged voltage of
• Detection of the battery voltage and charged voltage capacitors reaches about 200V and the
signal VCOK generates.
errors.
• Controls the battery charging current, and detects VR List
charging current error.
Name Function How to adjust
• Inverter circuit for the starter and the collimator lamp.
VR1 Inverter pulse for Lamp See Adjusting the
The inverter itself is included in the MUX CHARGE-04B MUX CHARGE 32K
board. VR2 Inverter pulse for Starter Board (EVO)
During Board Replacement VR3 Reference frequency (140Hz)

1. Adjust the VR1 (Lamp), the VR2 (Starter) and the


VR3 (reference frequency).
2. Confirm the detected battery charged voltage.
LED List

LED Signal Name Description

LD1 CHON Lights up during battery charging.


LD2 LAMP ON Lights up when 70Hz inverter is working.
LD3 STON Lights up when the collimator lamp is
selected for 70Hz inverter.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 107 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued CP Signal Name Description

MUX Charge 32K, continued CP11 120- - side of the measured charged voltage
of the batteries : 3V/ 100V
Check Pin List
CP12 VC Measured charged voltage of the
capacitors : 3V/200V
CP Signal Name Description
CP13 - Not used
CP1 -15V -15V
CP14 50kHz -
CP2 GND GND
CP15 GND GND
CP3 +15V +15V
CP16 120Hz/140Hz Reference frequency for the starter and
CP4 VP1 + side of the measured charged voltage lamp
of the batteries (3V/100V) / the
measured charged voltage of the CP17 Lamp/Starter Lamp/Starter change over
capacitors (3V/200V) :Changeover by
CP18 - Not used
the signal CHK60
CP19 LV Line Voltage (2V/100%)
CP5 VP2 - side of the measured charged voltage
of the batteries : 3V/ 100V CP20 Q14C Gate pulse for charging the battery
CP6 Q2 Gate pulse for the starter and lamp CP21 Q14C Gate pulse for charging the battery
CP7 Q1 Gate pulse for the starter and lamp CP22 Q23C Gate pulse for charging the battery
CP8 GND GND CP23 Q23C Gate pulse for charging the battery
CP9 IC Measured charging current of the CP24 LF 4kHz pulse for 0.4A or 0.18A of setting
batteries : 1V/1A charging current
CP10 120+ + side of the measured charged voltage
of the batteries : 3V/ 100V

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 108 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
MUX Charge 32K, continued
Check Pin List, continued

CP Signal Name Description

CP25 PIC Setting value of charging current 1V/1A


CP26 HF 26kHz pulse for 2.0A or 1.0A of setting
charging current
CP27 CLK1 26kHz clock pulse for 2.0A or 1.0A of
setting charging current
CP28 CLK2 4kHz clock pulse for 0.4A or 0.18A of
setting charging current
CP29 Q4 Gate pulse for starter and lamp
CP30 Q3 Gate pulse for starter and lamp
CP31 GND GND

Fuse List

Fuse Description

F1 250V,0.5A fuse for line voltage detection circuit

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 109 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
MUX CHARGE –04B Check Pin List
Functions:
CP CP Name Description
1. Inverter circuit for battery charging.
CP1 IC2
2. Detects the battery charging current. Output for charging the battery
CP2 IC1
During Board Replacement CP3 Q14C
No adjustment is necessary. Gate pulse for charging the battery
CP4 Q23C
CP5 IC Measured charging current 1V/1A
CP6 +15V -
CP7 GND -

Fuse List

Fuse Description

F1 250V, 5.0A fuse for AC125V input power supply for


charging the battery

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 110 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
MUX-LC1B MUX POWER 32K
This is the noise filter for the MUX Charge-04B board. Functions:
During Board Replacement • Turns on and off the power, and offers the automatic
No adjustment is necessary. power OFF function.
• Supplies the power from the batteries to each part.
• Changes over AC /DC input for the DC pack.
• Detects the battery voltage.
During Board Replacement
Confirm the detected battery charged voltage.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 111 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
MUX POWER 32K, continued Fuse Description
Fuse List F10 250V, 2A fuse for +120V power supply from the battery
for DR system
Fuse Description

F1 250V, 2.0A fuse for AC100V input power supply from the
LED List
power plug for +5V,±15V and +24V DC pack
LED Function
F2 250V, 2.0A fuse for±120V power supply from the battery
for +5V,±15V and +24V DC pack LD1 Lights on when the key switch is turned on and DC12V
output is available from the DC power supply PS1 on this
F3 250V, 6.25A fuse for±120V power supply from the
board.
battery for filament heating (INVERTER UNIT) and
starter/collimator lamp (MUX CHARGE-32K)
F4 660V, 10A fuse for +120V power supply from the battery
for DC motors (MU DRIVER-07)
F5 660V, 10A fuse for –120V power supply from the battery
for DC motors (MU DRIVER-07)
F6 250V, 1A fuse for 12VDC power supply PS1(VAF512)
F7 250V, 5.0A fuse for charging the battery by using SSR
(Not used for MUX-200H/D series)
F8 250V, 5.0A fuse for charging the battery by using SSR
(Not used for MUX-200H/D series)
F9 250V, 10A fuse for power supply L,L12 from T3
transformer for collimator lamp

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 112 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
MUX Capacitor LED List
This board controls charging and discharging of the
capacitors that generate 32kW output of X-ray. LED Function

Functions: LD1 Lights on when the charged voltage of the capacitors still
remains during discharging.
• Detects the charged voltage of the capacitors.
Check Pin List
• Controls changeover of the resistance for charging of
the capacitors. CP Name Description
• Discharge of the capacitors. CP1 VC+ + side of the measured charged voltage of the
capacitors
CP2 VC0 - side of the measured charged voltage of the
capacitors

During Board Replacement


No adjustment is necessary.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 113 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Sheet Panel RC Receiver and RC Transmitter board
This board is the sheet panel for the X-ray high-voltage (Option)
generator. These boards are the receiving and sending side of the
remote control unit option.
During Board Replacement
No adjustment is necessary. During Board Replacement
No adjustment is necessary.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 114 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
MU Driver-07
This board has a CPU and has the following functions:
1. Controls the DC motors.
2. Detects the handle operation.
3. Detects the bumper switch.
4. Controls the arm catch area.
5. Controls the electromagnetic lock.
6. Detects the Stop switch.
7. Detects the Emergency Brake Release switch.
8. Self Diagnosis of FET for driving DC motors
The software program of FPGA on this board is written
from XCONT board during power on.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 115 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
MU Driver-07, continued LED Description
LED List LD14 7-segment display (Refer to the below table about the
meaning.)
LED Description
LD15 7-segment display (Refer to the below table for the
LD1 +24V power supply meaning.)
LD2 Lights up when FET thermal switches for Q11, Q14 (for LD16 7-segment display (Refer to the below table for the
driving the right DC motor) are ON meaning.)
LD3 Lights up when FET thermal switches for Q1, Q8 (for LD17 +15V power supply for the right DC motor
driving the left DC motor) are ON
LD18 Lights off when Emergency Switch is ON
LD4 Lights up when the contact of K11 is CLOSE.
LD19 Lights up when Driving Brake Release Bar is ON
LD5 Lights up when Arm Catch Sensor SW4 is ON
LD6 Lights up when Arm Release Switch SW1 is ON
LD7 Lights up when Bumper Switches are ON
LD8 Lights up when Forward Fine Driving Operation Switch is
ON
LD9 Lights up when Backward Fine Driving Operation Switch
is ON
LD10 Lights up when Arm Lock Release Switch is ON
LD11 +5V power supply
LD12 +15V power supply for the left DC motor
LD13 Lights up when 3.3V output is OK
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 116 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
MU Driver-07, continued SW2
Meaning of 7 segment display Value
The meaning of 7-segment display of LD14, LD15, LD16 Setting
according to the setting of rotary switch SW2: B AD value VOUT3 0~1023

SW2 C AD value VOUT4 0~1023


Meaning of 7 segment display Value
Setting D Not used -
0 The latest error Error code *1 E Not used -
1 Input signal from the left FSR 0~1023 F Version Number 0~999
2 Input signal from the right FSR 0~1023
*1 E00 is displayed if no error was recorded.
3 Measured current of the left DC motor 0~1023
4 Measured current of the right DC 0~1023
motor
5 Measured driving speed of the left DC -511~511
motor
6 Output command for the left DC -127~127
motor
7 Measured driving speed of the right -511~511
DC motor
8 Output command for the right DC -127~127
motor
9 AD value VOUT1 0~1023
A AD value VOUT2 0~1023
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 117 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
MU Driver-07, continued
If some errors were recorded, E and the sum of the
available error codes on the following table is displayed.

Error code
Meaning
(Hexadecimal)

01 Short circuit of FET for driving the left DC


motor
02 Short circuit of FET for driving the right DC
motor
04 Not used
08 Abnormal condition of FET
10 FET Thermal switches are ON
20 Dry cell battery error
30 Melted contact of K11
40 Communication error with XCONT

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 118 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
MU Driver-07, continued CP Signal Name Description
Check Pin List CP12 -120V -

CP Signal Name Description CP13 LC1 Measured current of the left DC motor
(before passing the filter)
CP1 Q1 DRIVE Driving signal for Q1 (for driving the
right DC motor) CP14 5L 5V power supply to control the left DC
motor
CP2 Q2 DRIVE Driving signal for Q2 (for driving the
right DC motor) CP15 M120 -120V power supply after passing the
contactor K11
CP3 LEFT_MCOM Measured current of the left DC motor
CP16 +1.2V -
CP4 M120 -120V power supply after passing the
CP17 +120V -
contactor K11
CP5 LC2 Measured current of the left DC motor CP18 120G -
(after passing the filter) :0V at normal CP19 RC2 Measured current of the right DC
condition, 0.2V/1A motor (after passing the filter) :0V at
CP6 Q9 DRIVE Driving signal for Q9 (for driving the normal condition, 0.2V/1A
right DC motor) CP20 5R 5V power supply to control the right
DC motor
CP7 Q8 DRIVE Driving signal for Q8 (for driving the
right DC motor) CP21 P120 +120V power supply after passing the
contactor K11
CP8 +3.3V -
CP9 +5V - CP22 FOUT_R Measured current of the right DC
motor (after VF conversion)
CP10 GND -
CP11 120G - Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 119 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued CP Signal Name Description


MU Driver-07, continued CP32 BTT Voltage of the brake release battery
Check Pin List, continued Typical value: 4V (battery voltage
18V)
EMPTY: 3.27V (battery voltage 14.4V)
CP Signal Name Description
CP33 AD4 Analog Input (Spare)
CP23 VFCLK_R Clock signal for VF conversion for the
right DC motor CP34 DAG Analog GND

CP24 VFCLK_L Clock signal for VF conversion for the CP35 DA2 Analog Input (Spare)
left DC motor CP36 DAG Analog GND
CP25 FOUT_L Measured current of the left DC motor CP37 DA1 Analog Input (Spare)
(after VF conversion)
CP38 Q15 DRIVE Driving signal for Q15 (for driving the
CP26 RIGHT_MCOM Measured current of the right DC left DC motor)
motor
CP39 Q14 DRIVE Driving signal for Q14 (for driving the
CP27 RC1 Measured current of the right DC left DC motor)
motor (before passing the filter)
CP28 Q11 DRIVE Driving signal for Q11 (for driving the DIP Switch List
left DC motor)
CP29 Q12 DRIVE Driving signal for Q12 (for driving the SW Setting
left DC motor)
1-1 Always OFF
CP30 RFSR Input signal from the right FSR :2.5V
at neutral position 1-2 Always OFF

CP31 LFSR Input signal from the left FSR :2.5V at 1-3 Always OFF
neutral position 1-4 Always OFF

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 120 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
MU Driver-07, continued During Board Replacement
Jumper List No adjustment is necessary.
Note The right DC motor uses +120V and the left DC
SW Name Setting Description motor uses --120V for driving.
FAN24V 2 Normal
JP2 The machine moves in reverse direction when
FAN5V Do not set
the right DC motor rotates in forward direction.
PS 2 Normal
JP3 The machine moves in forward direction when
AS Do not set
the left DC motor rotates in forward direction.
PS 2 Normal
JP4
AS Do not set
PS 2 Normal
JP5
AS Do not set

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 121 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Power 200D VR List
This board is included in DR ASSY, and controls the
power ON/OFF circuit for the DR system (Canon FPD). Name Function How to adjust

VR1 Output Pulse width from M2A Pulse width


During Board Replacement should be about 6 seconds after the
Set VR1 and VR2 at the middle position. switch “DR” is pressed.
Normally at the middle position.
LED List
VR2 Output Pulse Pulse width should be about 2
width from seconds after the power plug is
LED Description M1B connected. Normally at the middle
position.
LD1 Lights up when the switch “DR” is pressed.
LD2 Lights up when PC for DR system is ON. Check Pin List
LD3 Lights up when the signal “PC_PERMIT” from XCONT-
2008 board is available. “PC_PERMIT” is available when CP Signal Name Description
the key switch is turned on and the password is entered
with the keyless entry option.) CP1 +24V +24V

LD4 Lights up when the input power from the battery is CP2 +5V +5V
supplied and DC24V output is available from the DC CP3 GND GND
power supply M8 on this board.
LD5 Lights up when the power to the PC is ON.
LD6 Lights up when the power plug is connected.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 122 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
Power 200D, continued
Fuse (On Interlocking ASSY)

Fuse Name Description

F21 250V, 2A fuse for the input power circuit from


AC125V output of T1 transformer for DR system

DIP Switch List

SW Function Setting Default

SW1 For checking When SW1 is ON, power for OFF


DR system can be turned ON
without permission signal
“PC_PERMIT” from XCONT
board. (This switch is just for
service use. If you forget
returning to OFF, DR system
can be turned on by connecting
the power plug and turning on
the switch “DR” without turning
on the key switch or without
entering the password.)
SW2 Not used Normally OFF OFF

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 123 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
kV ADJ-32K VR List
This board is the small board, which is mounted on
XCONT-2008 board. VR Function How to adjust

Because the MobileDaRt Evolution has the high voltage VR3 WF-ADJ The waveform on a KV meter should be
flat.
transformer for 32kW output, the resistance value in its
kV detection circuit should be different from other models VR4 KV-ADJ A KV meter should display the setting
with 12.5kW output (MUX-100H/D series etc.). ± 1 kV.

XCONT-2008 board can be used for both 32kW and


12.5kW models by swapping this kV ADJ board.
(Unless the correct model of KV ADJ board is mounted
on XCONT board, the error message F1B is displayed.)
In case of 32kW unit>>KV ADJ 32K board should be
mounted.
In case of 12.5kW unit>>KV ADJ COCK board should be
mounted.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 124 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
kV ADJ-32K, continued
During Board Replacement
When the XCONT board is replaced, the original KV
ADJ-32K board can be used without any re-adjustment.
When the high voltage transformer is replaced, VR3 and
VR4 should be re-adjusted with a kV meter/oscilloscope.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 125 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Boards, continued
CXDI-50G/C Detector LEDs Note Users sometimes report an issue with taking
exposures when the light on the X-ray unit indi-
There are three LEDs on the sensor unit.
cates “ready.” Check that they are also monitor-
ing the LEDs on the sensor and not attempting
another exposure until the sensor’s orange LED
stops blinking.

LED/Status Blue = POWER Green = SENSOR Orange = BUSY


Power is OFF OFF OFF OFF
Power is ON ON OFF OFF
Preparing for imaging ON Regular blinking: ON and OFF every 1 second OFF
Ready for imaging ON Steady ON OFF
Error status ON ON and OFF twice for 0.5 second, then OFF for 0.5 second OFF
Communicating with network ON ON Blinking
randomly
In initialization mode at startup ON Fades OFF and ON for one second each OFF
Network was not set at startup ON Slowly fades OFF and ON for 2 seconds each OFF

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 126 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Generator Interface Validation


To make an exposure with the CXDI, there are two Check Corrective Action
requirements:
3: Can exposure be made If yes, then the CXDI is not
• A patient must be registered. without a Ready interlocked with the generator. It
indication on CXDI? needs to be interlocked.
• An exposure mode (body part) must be selected.
Check that the interface signals are
The CXDI is ready when there is a green ready light on wired to the correct Bucky channel
the sensor and a green ready box on the top right of the of the generator and verify polarity
screen. (ground side) of the request signal.

To validate the generator interface, make three checks:

Check Corrective Action

1: Does ready box display If not, then test by shorting


‘Transferring Image’ RX_REQ (leads A1 and A2).
immediately after
requesting exposure (2nd
position)?
2: Does CXDI release If not, then check connection of
exposure to generator? leads B1 and B2. Shorting them
An image will be acquired should result in the release of
regardless, so is there exposure.
radiation?

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 127 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Checking the Firmware Version


Select SYSTEM> SETUP MENU> VERSION INFO.
CXDI SN = Control Computer Serial Number.
CXDI Ver. = main CXDI application software version.
• DLL and Driver versions change with the main
application.
• Capture Bd. Versions do not apply to new systems
without the Multibox.
Each sensor has two lines:
• Serial Number (internal firmware serial number)
• Revision information in three segments separated by
dashes:
H/W = Hardware or board revision.
B/L = Boot Code
F/W = Firmware (or main code or exposure code)

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 128 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Copying Image Files from CXDI


Use this procedure to gather images that need to be sent 2. Copy and save the following files:
for outside evaluation.
a. Binary file with QA Parameter settings for all
1. Locate the file: images acquired in the session.
a. Add the Internal ID column to the study list. Example: F0000123.BIN
b. All image files from that acquisition session.
Example: F0000123.DCM, F0000124.DCM,
F0000125.DCM
Note Copy all image files, even if only one needs eval-
uation.

b. Find the patient in the study list and note the


corresponding Internal ID.
c. Open Windows Explorer and find the
corresponding files in the folder D:ccr\dtstore
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 129 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Functional Checks and Procedures DOC1829214

Copying Image Files from CXDI, continued


Anonymizing Personal Data
All patient image files must have identifying information
removed before they are sent anywhere.
Confidentiality of patient information is required by law
Canon provides a Personal Data Anonymization Tool,
which is available on the training CD-ROM and our FTP
server. It includes software and a manual.
Similar tools are available for free on the Internet.
Note You may be required to have a signed BAA (Busi-
ness Associate’s Agreement) with the facility
before you can access any patient information.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 130 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

LOGIC AND BLOCK DIAGRAMS


Safety Evolution - Connection Diagram, page 1 of 3
LOTO Evolution - Connection Diagram, page 2 of 3
Product Overview Evolution - Connection Diagram, page 3 of 3
Functional Block Evolution - kV ADJ 32K
kV Control Block Evolution - MUX Capacitor
Filament/mA Control Block
Exposure Control Block
Connection Diagram, page 1 of 3
Connection Diagram, page 2 of 3
Connection Diagram, page 3 of 3
XR Reference Axis
Control Circuits
XCONT-2002, page 1 of 7
Driver-2, page 1 of 4
On/Off Circuit Block
Charging Control Block
Communication
GCOM Interface
Power
Power-100D
MUX Power-99
MUX Charge-04A, page 1 of 6
MUX Charge-04B
High Voltage
Inverter Unit

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 131 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Safety
Service engineers must be aware of important safety
precautions in order to conduct safe system repair and
maintenance. GE Healthcare insists on safety first for
you, the clinician, and the equipment. Engineers must
abide by hospital safety regulations, respect the inherent
dangers, and do everything possible to minimize and
prevent injury.
For more information, see the Environment, Health and
Safety support central site.
LOTO
Important! There are twenty 12-volt batteries in the Art/
Dart/Evo.
All energy sources for equipment on which work will be
performed and on which injury could occur due to
unexpected energization, startup, or release of stored
energy shall be deactivated. This includes opening
electrical circuits, closing and bleeding pressurized
hydraulics and pneumatics, blocking springs or
counterweights, discharging capacitors, etc.
There is a legitimate safety concern for personnel who
service, repair, set-up, and train medical equipment.
Defeating a locked and tagged piece of equipment is
prohibited.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 132 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Product Overview
Functional Block

To Hospital
ON
Network Switch
RIGHT SIDE PANEL 20 x 12V
LEFT SIDE PANEL
= 240VDC
TER1 J240 JCNT JSW1
JM2 JM2

XCONT 2002 PCB


XCONT 2002 PCB TER3 X1
JINV TER2 Power-100D
Overview MUX Power 99 TER4 X3
JINP Inverter Unit – C1 Overview
JKEY
Overview X4 Overview
JCH1 USB
Bus Extender

JB2 JMT X5
USB
JB2 MUX-100D
X2 to
NEXSC CPU JSC3 TER TER JBV1 JHC2
JB1 LAN
JB1 JINV JM3 JSOUT
USB
CN1
J9 JSP JRGB2 JRGB2 JFB USB
LCD Touch
PC Screen Display
USB VGA
JSC3 JINP JBV1 JHC2 JCH1
CN1 CN15 LAN
T3

MU Driver 2 Inverter
MUX Charge 04B MUX Charge 04A Output
CN12 115VAC
Overview JT3
CN11
Overview Overview

CN5 CN4 CN14 CN7 CN6 CN16 CN8 Power Box Detector
JCH3 JCH3
encoder Magnetic
Drive Brake Arm Bumper Left Right Locks JT1B
Signals Release Park Switch Wheel Wheel
Switch Motor Motor
Canon CXDI-50G
Hand from Switch
T1
Switch Handle
Wall
Emergency Outlet
CN7
JSP
Stop Switch
T1 T2 CL C Line
V2
- -
MUX 100D V1
Sheet Panel N2 H.T. Tank X-ray
Collimator
Tube
N1
+ +
STS-2002
STS-2002
Status Indicator To collimator
To top panel

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 133 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Product Overview, continued


kV Control Block

NEXSC CPU
Requested kV Starting Frequency Normal Frequency
RkV VS VN

CP12
CP12(1V
(1V=20kV)
= 20kV) CP8 CP10

XCONT 2002 PCB


N/C N/O
Actual kV
TkV - + +
CP9 (1V=20kV)

Inverter Frequency
YES Voltage
N/O VIN [CP27]

Feedback
+ ON?
Oscillation Frequency
drives IGBTs
NO F [CP29]

kV Feedback + kV Feedback - IGBT Gate Drive Signals


KVFB+ KVFB- A/D [CP33]
[CP36 (1V=20kV)] [CP36 (1V=20kV)] B/C [CP34]

INVERTER UNIT PCB

IGBT Inverter
T1 and T2

High Voltage
Transformer in Tank

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 134 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Product Overview, continued


Filament/mA Control Block

NEXSC CPU
Requested
Requested mA
kV Preset Filament Current
RMA
RkV FVR

CP12
CP13 (1V
(1V=50mA)
= 20kV) CP14 (1V=1A)

N/O
XCONT 2002 PCB
- +

Actual mA
TmA Filament Heating
YES
CP11 (1V=50mA) Voltage Signal
IFST
CP6 (1V=1A)

Feedback
ON? +

NO

mA Feedback Filament Drive Gate Pulses Measured Filament Current


N1 Q1-4 [CP38] IFV
N2 Q2-3 [CP40] CP7 (1V=1A)

INVERTER UNIT PCB


Filament Inverter
CL [CP1]
CO [CP2]

Filament
Transformer in
HT Tank

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 135 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Product Overview, continued


Exposure Control Block

NEXSC CPU
Hand Switch Status
Hand Key Switch Signal mA Start Signal
Switch
Prep [AR (LD2)]
KEYSW MAON
Exp [HX (LD3)]

N/C
Filament Inverter
kV Enabled
YES
Errors?

NO

N/C
Exposure Signal kV Inverter
EXRR [CP39] Enabled
N/O N/C N/C
YES YES
XCONT 2002
PCB
X-Ray Master
Cutoff? Reset?

NO NO

System Timer

MASCLK TkV = 92% (RkV)


CP28 (5kHz/50mA) KVT [CP37]

Feedback
YES
ON?

TmA mAs Clock


NO

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 136 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Product Overview, continued


Connection Diagram, page 1 of 3
JLMPA
JLMP To Collimator Lamp
T1

1ĭ JS2
100 110 120 MUX Charge-04A
JINP JCH1 JHC2 JBV1 JBV2
200 220 230 240 V JT1B
JT3 JEXT
50/60 Hz
D1 D2

To Power-100D [JEXT]
NFB1

CNT
NF1 page 3
JCH3 JFN1 JFN2
H.V. (+) To X-ray Tube
T3
D3
H.V. (-)

J1 JCH1 JHC2 JBV1 JBV2 JSP JS2 JSOUT


C1 R3 R4
TER8 TER3 X1
MUX-LC1B JCH3 + T1 T1
X4
J2 TER9 820u450V
TER4 X3 T2 T2
X5
F11 H. T. Tank
CN71
Inverter Unit – MUX
JSC3
JT1A JSC3 JM2 JM2
D125PH-C1
F12
MUX Charge-04B MUX Power-99
JB60

TER6
JT1C JINV JM3
JT1CA
TER7

TER1
NFB2

TER2
JMT
BAT1 BAT4
TER5
60V + + 60V JKEY JRS JDC
(12Vx5) (12Vx5) To Collimator Lamp
- -
R1 R2

BAT2 BAT3
60V + + 60V
(12Vx5) (12Vx5) To page 3
- -

CN44 To Collimator
PS2
PS3
CN10 To MU Driver-2
CN13
CN72 DC +24V
DC +24V JKEY1
CN9

PS1
To MU Driver

JKEY2 DC +5V ± 15V


For emergency
brake release CN1
KEY_SW

JINP J24 J21 J22 JAEC JIR JINV JFB JRGB2


CN1
Sheet Panel Sheet Panel
MUX-B MUX-100D
JBT JBT JSP JSP
XCONT-2002 BUS NEXSC
EMERG
Extender
X3 X2
DOOR1
DOOR2

FG
2B11

2B22

1B11

1B22

KC1
KC2

24V
2B1

2B2

1B1

1B2

0V

Lamp JEXR J9 JRGB1 JREM JCK


Buzzer
CN73
Status Receiver for For Checker
Indicator Remote
JEMG Hand STS-2002 Controller
To Power-100D [JCNT], page 3
Switch (option) RC Dose Area JDAP
CN12 To MU Driver-2 To Power Box, page 3
Transmitter Meter
RC-TR-MUX (option)

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 137 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Product Overview, continued


Connection Diagram, page 2 of 3
H.V. (+)

To H. T. Tank
H.V. (-)

AWG#20 (26 pin)


CN7

To Inverter Unit – MUX JSOUT


X-Ray Tube Assembly
To MUX Charge-99 Arm Assembly 0.7U163CS-36(300KHU)
AWG#20 (16 pin)
JLMP
To MUX Power-99 CN5 Lamp
CN1 Switch
TER8, TER9
Lamp

SW3 SW2 Release


CN3
Switch
To CN44
SL1 SW6
CN2 CN2 SW7 Forward
Backward
CN43
SL2 Status Indicator
STS-2002
CN3

Collimator R-20C
K16
Release Switch
CN41 at Arm Handle
CN18
Bumper Switch

RF CN4 CN3 CN2


FSR CN10
CN7
Encoder R
RB
Arrow Brake
CN11 Solenoid
CN18
Brake Release Switch PH1
CN11 Motor

MU Driver-2
LF Encoder L
CN6
FSR CN9
From/To Brake
LB
Bus Extender Solenoid
Arrow
CN1 CN1 Motor
CN14
Emergency Brake
Release Switch CN61 CN9 CN15 CN13 CN12 CN10 CN8 CN5
CN14

SL5
K14
From DC Power Supply PS2 CN8

From MUX Power-99 JMT SW4


CN17 CN18 Sensor Catch IN
From Sheet Panel MUX-B CN1
Switch Catch Release
From DC Power Supply PS3 SW1
SL3 SL4

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 138 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Product Overview, continued


Connection Diagram, page 3 of 3
LCD Display
with Touch Panel
ET1247L-8UWA-1

Touch Panel
LCD Display USB

F23

PS11
0.5A 250V
From page 1 CN81 CN1 USB
CN2

USB USB
K23 PC
ZWS100AF-12/J
HG2-100VAC LPC-301 Code
K21 USB USB to LAN LAN
HG2-DC24V Reel
USB LAN

To MUX Power [TER1] F21


2A 250V
CN82 PS12
2A 250V
To MUX Power [TER2] 115VAC
F22 CN83 CN1
CN2

K22 IVS250-250-110
HG2-DC24V

Flat Panel Detector


Power Box
(FPD)

J240 JFN

JUSB Canon CXDI-50


JK21

Power-100D
To XCONT [X2], KEY_SW JCNT

Front
JSW1
Switch
To MUX Charge [JEXT] JEXT

To XCONT-2002 [X2]

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 139 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Product Overview, continued


XR Reference Axis
Front View Side View

Focus
A hollow on the housing
surface indicates a position

40
This view 85

M45

Reference axis

Upper View

126 126 4-M6 deep12


(P.C.D. ĭ92)

ĭ134

Unit: mm

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 140 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Control Circuits
XCONT-2002, page 1 of 7

System Clock
System Timer
CLK12
PCLK 470 msec
SET

BASE CLOCK S Q
OUT0 XCUT
OUT1 SOF R
CLR
Q *XOF
DISPCLK

X-Ray Cutoff Circuit


*MASCLK mAS CLOCK From AEC *IPOFF
*KVT5 Photo Timer System

Status Input
CHECK 1 CHECK 2 Status Output
to CPU
CP3
CP4 from CPU

Bus
D (0-15)
Inputs

Interrupt I/O
Outputs
1 msec
S
SET

Q
To CPU
*O-EXTIR1
Q
CLR
R

*KVT5 *O-EXTIR2
Bus
D (0-15)

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 141 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Control Circuits, continued


XCONT-2002, page 2 of 7

VP2 TmA
CP21
Tube current ADCH0
TMA
VP2

Battery- voltage ADCH4


VP2 TkV

Tube voltage ADCH1

D (0-15)
IC TKV

Bus
CP22

VP
VP1
IC CP20

Battery charge current ADCH5 VP1


IC
Battery+
ADCH2
VP1 Capacitor voltage
Checker
LV
CP23

IF
LV
Filament current ADCH3
Line voltage ADCH6 IF
LV A/D Conversion

VIN

Feedback voltage ADCH7


VIN

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 142 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Control Circuits, continued


XCONT-2002, page 3 of 7

Reference Voltage (+10V)


VS
REF10V CP8
12V *VSVNSEL
Reference Voltage (-12V)
REF-12V VS C_VS To Checker

VS
RKV
1V/20KV
CP12

RkV/VS C_RKV To Checker

Bus RKV
D (0-15)
VN
RMA CP10
1V/50mA
CP13 VN C_VN To Checker
RmA/VN C_RMA VN
To Checker

RMA

*WR
FVR
1V/1A
CP14

RmA/VN C_FVR To Checker

FVR
PH-REF
CP15

RkV/VS C_PHREF To Checker

PH-REF/PIC To JAEC
D/A Conversion To JINP

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 143 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Control Circuits, continued


XCONT-2002, page 4 of 7
EXRR+10MS
VSIN
CP5
C_VSIN To Checker KVT
CP37
*EXRR

VS
FBST *KVT5

RKV
SET
Reference Voltage
S Q FBST
+10V
R
CLR
Q REF10V
TKV
VIN
*EXRR
Level Check
R82
FBKV VIN

*FBST
*TECMOB FBST

VN
VP

VP

Sample and Hold Primary Charge Voltage


Ripple Compensation

KVFB+
CP36
C_KV+ To Checker
From H.T. Tank
C_KV- To Checker
From JFB

KVFB- TKV
CP35 1V= 20kV
CP9

VR4 C_TKV To Checker


From JFB KV-

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 144 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Control Circuits, continued


XCONT-2002, page 5 of 7
A/D
CP33
IGBT Driver
Gate Pulser

11V PULSE ADJ A/D A/D To JINV


EXRR
F SET

CP29 S Q
VR3
V/F Converter 11V R
CLR
Q
VF ADJ
(kV) SET
B/C
*/* S Q SET CP34
x1 u1
F S Q
Q
CLR
R

VR2 R
CLR
Q

F
SET B/C B/C To JINV
S Q
VIN
Q
CLR
VIN CP27 R

C_VIN To Checker
*MR

MR

*EXRR
EXR Off Delay

MR

A/D
B/C

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 145 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Control Circuits, continued


XCONT-2002, page 6 of 7
X-Ray Tube Glow Discharge Detection

KVBR *KVBR5

*EXRR
EXRR
CP39
TkV Over
TkV Over

S
SET

Q
KVBR
EXRR
5.0V (100KV) at RKV 40 KV
Q
CLR
R
6.6V (131KV) at RKV 100KV
7.2V (144KV) at RKV 125KV

*EXRR EXRR+10ms
RKV
15ms delay
MR

EXR-A *EXRR+10MS

*FBCUT
*FBON
RMA

mA+ mA-
From H.T.Tank
From JFB N2
X1 MAFC

From JFB TMA


1V/50mA
CP11

To Checker
TMA C_TMA

MASCLK TMA
5kHz/50mA
CP28
50 count/0.5mAs
mAS mAS Clock
*MASCLK
VR1
mA-IN C_MASCLK
CP30 To Checker

C_MAIN

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 146 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Control Circuits, continued


XCONT-2002, page 7 of 7
IFV +15V
CP7
Q2-3
RMS Converter CP40
+15V

C_IFV To Checker Q3 Q23


From Filament Transformer
Q2-3 To JINV
P.CUR IF

From JINV C17


Q2A
+15V Q2B
+15V
Q1-4
CP38

Q4 Q14
P.CUR
Q1-4 To JINV

Q1A

*MASTP

IFST +15V
5V/5A
CP6

SET

Q
SET
S S Q
Q1A
*MR CLR
Q R
CLR
Q Q2A
C_IFST To Checker R C75

MAFC IFST

40kHz Error Amp S


SET

Q Q2B
R
CLR
Q Q1B
C76
CARR MASTP
STPTRG

MR

MASTP

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 147 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Control Circuits, continued


Driver-2, page 1 of 4
CN3
1
2 SW FW IN1 Bus
3 D (0-9)
SW BW IN
4 SW ARM IN
5 REL VERT
6
EMERG*
7 REL ARM
8
To Collimator

CN8
1
2
3
4 DRV COM*

To Turn Table
T PLS

SW REL IN*

+24V
CN4
1 SW BUMP IN*
2 Q4

To Bumper M7
SW FW*
SW BW* REL BRK
CN5 Q3
SW REL*
1
2 SW CTH IN* SW BUMP*
3 SENS CTH IN* M9
4
5 REL CATCH
Q1
6
7
8

To Catch REL VERT


Q2
V LOAD
EMERG* EN DRIVE*
+24V_BR L LMT CNT
CN12 R LMT CNT
LL+
C13
1 LL-
2 EMERG IN* 1 RL+ SD102
RL- SD101 REL ARM
3 2
EN*
3 MODE
24G 4 SCLK
To Emergency SW 5
To SSR
Power ON*

+24V
CN4
JS1
1 JP1
2
24G GND
To Power Supply

+24V_BR
CN10
1
2
3
24G
To Second Power Supply

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 148 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Control Circuits, continued


Driver-2, page 2 of 4
AD & DA Converter

+2.5VREF
+24V BR
M11
CN11 VCC VCC
A1 WR DA*
B1 A1
A2 A2
B2
A3
B3 GND M10
A4 AD INT*
B4 C5 AD*
A5
B5 RD*
A6 SW REL IN*
D(0-9)
B6 EMG REL SW*
A7
B7
A8

LEFT CURR+ LIMIT


Bus
B8 EMG REL BRK
CP12
To Handle VCC CUR LMT: 0V to +2.5V

LEFT CURR- LIMIT


RIGHT CURR+ LIMIT
GND CP11

RIGHT CURR - LIMIT


GND

CP9

LEFT CURR+ CP10


CP8
RIGHT CURR+
LEFT CURR+ M15 LEFT LMT+
+2.5VREF CP7

LEFT CURR- LEFT LMT-


CP5

GND
RIGHT CURR+ RIGHT LMT+
CP6

RIGHT CURR - RIGHT LMT-

D(0-9)

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 149 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Control Circuits, continued


Driver-2, page 3 of 4

M13 MUD2 PLD04


CS SPEED L*
WR* DRV AL* LEFT A DRV
RD*
BD RES*
PLD SYNC DRV BL* LEFT B DRV
PWM SYNC
V LOAD*
EN DRIVE*
VCC L LMT CNT
CN6
1 PHA L IN PHA L
Encoder 2
3
4 PHB L IN PHB L
5
6 Bus
Brake (100 ohm)
D(0-9) isp SD0
To Left Motor isp SD103
PLD COM1
isp EN*
24G GND PLD COM2 isp MODE
isp SCLK

M12 MUD2 PLD03


VCC CS SPEED R*
CN7 DRV AR* RIGHT A DRV
1
PHA R IN
Encoder 2
DRV BR* RIGHT B DRV
3 PHB R IN
4
5 PHA R
Brake (100 ohm) 6 R LMT CNT
PHB R
To Right Motor
24G GND Q5

EMG REL SW* Bus


K1 D(0-9) isp SD103
isp SD102
isp EN*
EMG REL BRK isp MODE
isp SCLK
REL BRK COM1
+24V BR COM1

Bus
GND D(0-9)

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 150 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Control Circuits, continued


Driver-2, page 4 of 4

LeftDriver
CN15 +120V
+15V
CP15
+120V
CP13

120G
T_PLS
CP14
SCW1
To SSR -120V
LEFT_A_DRV SCW2

CN14
+15V LEFT_MDRV 1
FLPW
T_PLS 2
To Left Motor
LEFT_MCOM

LEFT_B_DRV SCW3
LEFT_CURR-

DRV_COM* SCW4
LEFT_CURR+

-120V 120G

RightDriver
+15V
+120V

T_PLS SCW1

RIGHT_A_DRV SCW2

CN16
RIGHT_MDRV 1
FLPW
2
To Right Motor
RIGHT_MCOM

RIGHT_B_DRV SCW3
RIGHT_CURR-

DRV_COM* SCW4
RIGHT_CURR+

-120V 120G

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 151 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Control Circuits, continued


On/Off Circuit Block

NEXSC via XCONT


Auto Power Off Signal Full Power On Signal
Charging Signal
(User Settings) (1-2 second delay)

ACON1 and ACON2


ATOFF *MGRS
N/O
YES

Charge DC Power Supplies


Plug?

NO MUX CHARGE PCB


(rotor and collimator lamp)
N/O N/C N/C N/O

INVERTER UNIT PCB


YES
(filament and IGBT inverter)

Key
Switch Soft Start MU DRIVER PCB
ON? (current limiting) (motor drive)

NO

MUX POWER

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 152 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Control Circuits, continued


Charging Control Block
T1 Transformer
10VAC

T1 Transformer Noise Filter


125VAC MUX-LC1B
MUX
POWER
MUX CHARGE-04B
Output Charging Signal
Charging Inverter CP1 [1C1]
CP2 [IC2]

CP3 [Q14C] Battery Charging Current


CP4 [Q23C]

Battery Charging Control CP9 [IC 1V=1A]


MUX
CHARGE-04A
Gate Signal Generator Line Voltage Detection
CP20 [Q14C ] CP19 [LV 2V=100%]
CP22 [Q23C]

Charging voltage errors


F5a [IC>3.8A]
Charging Frequency F5b [Battery +/- > 155V]
Generator
CP26 [HF 13kHz]
CP24 [LF 2kHz] Battery Voltage Detection
CP4 [VP1 3V=100V]
CP5 [VP2 3V=-100V]
N/C

YES

N/O Master
Reset?

NO

CP25 [PIC 1V=1A] CHON [LD1]

Preset Charging Current XCONT and


ADC Charging Signal
NEXSC

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 153 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Communication
GCOM Interface

NEXSC
RJ45 IP: 192.168.100.11
Crossover
DB9
Null Modem
Canon Power Box
IP: 192.168.100.10

RJ45
Crossover

CPU

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 154 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Power
Power-100D
24V VCC VCC
JSW1 R1
1 470
VCC R6
From D9
SW R3 10K
PCIA D8
LED1 4.7K M2A 1 1
2 R2 R4 R5
1 2 1 16 1 2 VR1 2 VR2 2

Front 2.2K 10K


C3
10K 500K 500K C1
+ C1

ZZZ
10u

ZZZ
Switch 3
2 15
ZZZ

+
+
3 3
24V
1
4 GND GND

GND GND GND GND 15 14 7 6


From 2 Roxt Coxt M4A Roxt Coxt M5B
LED 1 M4B 9
M2D
13 1 5 5
A 0 3 4 A 0 4 9 8
6
2 4 2 10 12 6
VCC B 0 5 B 0
GND HC08
3

DI
GND R19 M4C
24V
9
1 100K 8
R21 5 K3B R18 M4D
300 10
K3A 470 M2F M2E 12
11
R20
7 13 12 11 10
13
13
+ C10 10K HC08
M5C
ZZZ 8
10
10u
9
GND

VCC

LED2 PCIB R9 MSA


M2B 2
1
R8 1 2 14 R10 R11 3 4
1
3

470 47K 47K


2
4 13 + C4 3
24V JK21
USB D6
ZZZ
24V 1
5V 3

4 GND GND R22 24V 2


3.3K
VCC
K1A
GND 1 5
LED3 PCIC R13 LED5
M2C K1B
1
R12 1 2
R14 R15 5 6
5 12
7
2.2K 47K 47K 1 M3 18 13 JFN
6
11 + 1
XCONT ZZZ C4 2 17
D7
24V 2
D4
3 16
2
3 GND CP1 GND CP2 CP3 4 15 GND
24V 5V GND 5 14
3

GND 24V VCC


6 13
R17 M7
1 3 7
In Out 12

8
L22 + C6 C3 COM + C7 C9 C21 C22 11
GND
ZZZ 2 ZZZ 9 10
GND COM 24V
24V JEXT
GND GND GND GND
GND GND GND
1
1 K2A 5
L23
1 2 4 GND
AC (N) +V K2B
7
2
2 PCID 13
J240 LED4 M5D
1 5 7 10
3
AC (L) -V 11
13
R16 12
6 9
4 2.2K

GND
GND

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 155 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Power, continued
MUX Power-99

From Transformer To MUX Charge From Transformer T1 MUX-100


T3-MUX100 To Collimator JCH1 JT1C
Ter6 Ter7 Ter8 Ter9
Lamp1 Lamp2 Lamp2 Lamp1 +15V

F1
2A 250V JDC
From F9

Key Switch 10A 250V To


JKEY DC
K3A K1A Pack
K3B
+15V
F2 JCH2
2A 250V To
MUX
K1A Charge
K3C
PS1
F3
JM2
+ To
5A 250V F3 Inverter
FG
_
K9A Unit
Not Used F6
µ5A 250V Output K6A K7A
JMT
G6D-1A
12 VDC F4
To
10A 250V
MU
F5
To JBV1 K5A Driver
+15V 10A 250V
MUX Charge
Ter5 From
Battery
From Ter3
Battery B120+

Ter4
B120-

To
JSC3 F7 Inverter Unit
5A 250V

JRS
F8

5A 250V 150 Ÿ R1 150 Ÿ R2

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 156 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Power, continued
MUX Charge-04A, page 1 of 6
120+
3V/100V
CP10

Over Voltage
SET
VOVER
S Q
+15V 4.67V/156V
Q
CLR
R
JVB1

120- *MR
-3V/-100V
-4.67V/-156V
CP11

From MUX -15V


Power

VP1
3V/100V
CP4
60+
CP12

VP1

JVB2 VP2
3V/-100V
CP5
Not Used
60-
CP13
VP2
From MUX
Power

+15V
*MR

MR

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 157 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Power, continued
MUX Charge-04A, 2 of 6
PIC
CP25

1V/1A
Set Charge Current PIC1
From JINP PIC

1.5K(X) +15V

MR
CHON M21B
LD1 CHSTP M

D40

From JINP CHON

CHBR2
VOVER
+15V Over Current
3.2V/3.2A
SET

S Q
CHBR1
Q
CLR
R

*MR

IC1
1V/1A
CP9

Measure Charge Current


IC
-1V/1A
C52
33UF/50V

ICC

JT1B
LV
From Transformer 2V/100%
T1 MUX-100, 10V CP19

FC1 FC2
HC1 HC2 LV
F1 To JINP

250V 0.5A

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 158 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Power, continued
MUX Charge-04A, 3 of 6

CHSTP M
+15V

PIC1

HF
Error Amp CP26
CLK1
CP27
+15V

HF
+15V

3.0V

LF
CP24
CLK2
CP28
+15V

LF
+15V

3.0V

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 159 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Power, continued
MUX Charge-04A, 4 of 6

HF
LF
PIC1
SET

S Q

Q
CLR
R

0.7V

+MR
MR

Q14C
CP20

Q3
SET

S Q Q14C TO JCH3
CLR
R Q
CP21

Q4
Not Connected

SET
Q23C
Q
S
CP22
CH5TPM
Q
CLR
R

Q1
Q1
SET Q23C TO JCH3
S Q

Q
CLR
R

CP23
MR
Q2
+MR Not Connected

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 160 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Power, continued
MUX Charge-04A, 5 of 6
+15V
120Hz
+15V CP16 LAMP
VR1
SET 50K
S Q
120Hz
VR3 R
CLR
Q SET

S Q
50K
Q
CLR
R

+15V
50Hz
CP14
CP17
STARTER
VR2
SET 50K
S Q

Q
CLR
R

STON: Collimator Lamp Selected *MR


LAMPON: 60Hz Inverter On
1.5K(X) +15V

Q1
STON M21D CP7
LD3
K2
D40 Q1

From JINP STON Q4


CP29
SET

S Q
1.5K(X) +15V
Q
CLR
R Q4

LAMPON M21D
LD2
Q2
CP6
D40
SET

Q Q2
From JINP STON
S

Q
CLR
R

Q3
CP30
MR

Q3

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 161 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Power, continued
MUX Charge-04A, 6 of 6
JCH2
60 Hz Inverter
From MUX C1
Power

R13 R16
Q5 Q8
10 10

C13 C16
HSK1 HSK4

Q1

JS2

G2R-24 Power for Starter


K1C
To
Inverter Unit
K1B
Q3
+15V JT3
K1A Power for Lamp
R4
To
R14 K2 G2R-24
Q6
10
Q7 R15 Transformer
10
T3 MUX-100
C14 C15
HSK2 HSK3

Q2

Q4

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 162 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Power, continued
MUX Charge-04B
SK1 SK3

Q3
Q1
IC1 IC2
CP2 CP1

R14
  To MUX Power-99
JSC3

JT1A 1
FC2 F1 FC1 1
1 D11 JCH3 SK2 JCH3 SK4 2
126V 125 2
1 C6 3
2 HC1 3
2 HC1 4
250V 5A Q4 4
3 0V Q2 5
3 5

100PV2W
IC- C
820UF/350V
3
CP5

JCH3
+15V
GND Q14C Q23C +15V
1
CP6 CP7 CP3 CP4 1
2
2
+15V IC1 3
3
4
4
Q14C Q14C 5
5
Q14C 6
6
Q23C Q23C 7
7
Q23C 8 8
9 9
10 10

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 163 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

High Voltage Ga
CP5

Inverter Unit +24V X1


V+

C1-Circuit G_A

Ea
CP6
X4
T1

X5
E_A Gc T2
CP3
+24V

X2
G_C V-
From JINV Ec F1
CP4 100
X3
V-

E_C

Gb
CP10
+24V

G_B

Eb
CP12

E_B

Gd
CP8
+24V

G_D

Ed
CP9

E_D

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 164 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

High Voltage, continued


Inverter Unit, continued
C1-Circuit, continued

Q2
Q2

CL
CP1

JM3
JM2 From JINV From JINV
1
1 C135
R12 C6
2 Q4 Q7 CO 2
D15 CP2
3
3
C0 Q23

From JINV From JINV C4

+15V
SW1B OFF: MUX 100
ON: Others
SW1A STON
JSOUT JINV

Y 2

JSP Z 3

1 A125-1
5
A0
2 YC
X 6
3 CP7

C17 9

TH1
TH2
ZC STON
CP11 STOK

C26

RSM1
RSM2

GND
CP13

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 165 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Evolution - Connection Diagram, page 1 of 3


JLMPA
JLMP To Collimator Lamp
T1

1ĭ JS2
100 110 120 MUX Charge-32K
JINP JCH1 JHC2 JBV1 JVC
200 220 230 240 V JT1B
JT3 JEXT
50/60 Hz
D1 D2
NFB1

F13 CNT
NF1
JCH3 JFN1 JFN2
H.V. (+) To X-ray Tube
T3
D3
H.V. (-)

C3-6 TB5-7
P0-9 Power Taps
J1 JCH1 JHC2 JBV1 JBV2 JSP JS2 JSOUT
R5 C1 V+
TER8 TER3 X1
MUX-LC1BF JCH3 + T1 T1
J3 X4
J2 TER9 820u450V V-
100K12W T2 T2
TER4 X3
X5
JM2 JM2
H. T. Tank
JSC3
JT1A JSC3 Inverter Unit – 32K
D150MH-40
JVC CN7
JDRP MUX Charge-04B MUX Power-32K
CN3 CN3
For
Normal
TER9 CN2
JT1C JINV JM3
JT1CA
TER8

TER1
For MUX
Discharge
Capacitor
NFB2

TER2 CN1
JMT
BAT1 BAT4
60V + + 60V
TER5
JKEY JRS JDC
Discharge
50A Battery Disconnect
(12Vx5) (12Vx5)
CN5 SW (x2)
- -
N/O
R1 R2 JCAP J24C

BAT2 BAT3
60V + + 60V
(12Vx5) (12Vx5) To page 3
To Collimator
- -

CN1
JRGBA To Status Indicator
PS2
PS3 Top Cover
CN10 To MU Driver-2
CN13
CN2 DC +24V
DC +24V JKEY1
CN9
CN1
KEY_SW
PS1
To MU Driver-07

DC +5V ± 15V
CN2

JINP J24 J21 J22 JAEC JIR JCAP JINV JFB JRGB2
Battery Sheet Panel
Indicator
JBT JBT JSP JSP KV ADJ32K XCONT-2008 NEX-SH
EMERG
To PC
X3 X2

DOOR1
DOOR2
FG
2B11

2B22

1B11

1B22

KC1
KC2
2B1

2B2

1B1

1B2

24V
0V
JSPK2 JRGB1 JREM JCK JDAP
Lamp JSPK1
Buzzer
JSPK1
Status Receiver for For Checker
Indicator Remote
STS-2002 Controller
To Power-200D
Buzzer (option) RC JUSD
JSPK2 To Power Box
Transmitter
RC-TR-MUX OPTIONS,
page 2

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 166 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Evolution - Connection Diagram, page 2 of 3


H.V. (+)

To H. T. Tank
H.V. (-)

AWG#20 (26 pin)


CN7

To Inverter Unit – MUX JSOUT


X, Y, Z X-Ray Tube Assembly
To MUX Charge-32K Arm Assembly 0.7U163CS-36
AWG#20 (16 pin)
JLMP
To MUX Power-32K CN5 Lamp
CN1 Switch
TER8, TER9
Lamp

SW3 SW2 Release


CN3
Switch
To CN44
SL1 SW6
SW7 Forward
SW2 CN2 CN2
Backward
N/O CN43
SL2 Status Indicator
JEMG STS-2002
Lamp CN3

N/O
Collimator R-20C
Options
Bumper Switch CN4A Release Switch Distance Meter Control
CN41 CN1 Distance Meter
at Arm Handle
From page 1 US Measure 2002
Bumper Switch CN4B JUSD/JDAP DAP Meter

K11

RF CN4 CN3 CN27 CN13 CN24 CN17

FSR CN10
CN7
Encoder R
RB
Arrow Brake
CN11 Solenoid
PH1
CN11 CN16 Motor
Brake Release Switch
MU Driver-07
LF Encoder L
CN6
FSR CN9
From Brake
LB
XCONT-2008 Solenoid
Arrow
CN21 Motor
CN14
Emergency Brake
Release Switch CN61 CN9 CN26 CN15 CN23 CN22 CN8 CN5

SL5
From DC Power Supply PS2 CN8

From MUX Power-32K JMT SW4


PS21
BT1 CN17 CN18 Sensor Catch IN
CN1
(R)
Switch Catch Release
DC +15V SW1
BT2 SL3 SL4
(L)

PS22

DC +15V

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 167 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Evolution - Connection Diagram, page 3 of 3

To MUX Power PS11 LCD Display


JDRP
CN1 CN2 with Touch Panel
To MUX-LC1BF

DC +12V LCD Display Touch Panel


DVI-D RS232C

T4 F21
2A 250V
USB
JT4A PS12 USB USB

CN1
CN51 PC
LAN1 LAN
AR2000M420
SW4
K21 K22 DC +24V
HG2-DC24V USB Wireless
HG2-DC24V JSW USB USB LAN2 LAN Adaptor

TB8
Infrared Data
JK32 USB Communication Unit
Hub ACT-TR224UN
K32 USB
HG2-DC24V

J240 JFN

JAC JUSB

LAN
JDCP LAN
Power-200D
AC DC12V
PS13 AC100V
X-Ray I/F LAN
Adaptor LAN
JPWD JSW
To XCONT-2008
AC100V
AC DC24V Access Point LAN
Adaptor LAN
100VAC AIR-AP1142N
To XCONT-2008

LAN
LAN
Front AC/DC Box
JDRSW Switch LAN Hub

Wireless Wired
LAN Cable

Wireless FPD

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 168 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Evolution - kV ADJ 32K


This board is on the XCONT-2008, right side.

JFB1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

C2 C1

R6 R7 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1

VR3 VR4
(WF-Adj) (KV-Adj)

VR2 VR1
(KV+Adj) (WF+Adj)

5 4 3 2 1

VR1 & VR2 are


not on board.
JFB2

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 169 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Logic and Block Diagrams DOC1829214

Evolution - MUX Capacitor

CN8 is not on board.


CN1 CN5 CN7 CN8 CN2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

K1C K1B

R3 R4 R5
LD1
K2B K2C
CP1 CP2 HG2 (DC24V)
VC+ VC0
JVC
To MUX Charge

CN6 CN3

From/To MUX
R1 4
1

Charge
G8D-1A (DC12V) 3
2
HG2 (DC24V)
R2 G8D-1A (DC12V) G8D-1A (DC12V) 2
3 K4B K5B
K3B K6B
1
K7A
G5V-2 (DC12V)

K1A K2A
K7B
G5V-2 (DC12V)

R9 R8 R6 R7

K3A K4A K5A K6A K7C


D6 D4 D2 D3 G5V-2 (DC12V) J24C
D1
CN4
24V
0V 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
JCAP CN9 2

From XCONT

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 170 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Preventive Maintenance DOC1829214

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Refer to the X-ray Multi-vendor Planned Maintenance
Guide (DOC1711942) for information regarding planned
maintenance schedules and tasks.
Download the latest version of the MV XR Mobile Fluoro
C-Arm PM Checklist (DOC0824643) and complete on a
semi-annual basis.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 171 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

SOFTWARE AND DIAGNOSTICS


Safety Network Settings
LOTO System Control
Tools Needed Setting the Date and Time
Installation CCR Console Menu
First-time Launch of the CXDI Application Registering the Sensor Units
Backups and OS Updates Control PC
Anti-Virus and Firewall Protection Screens
Software Acquisition Screen
Preview Screen
CXDI-40EG/C Versions and Software Compatibility
QA Screen
CXDI-50G/C Versions and Software Compatibility
Startup Menu and Auto-Login Configuring the Control PC
Configuring User Authentication DICOM
Setup Menu - Customize Display CXDI DICOM Services
Setup Menu - System Setup DICOM Storage Configuration
Software, continued DICOM Print Configuration
Setup Menu - Administrator Setup DICOM Transmit Setup
Exposure Mode Configuration Pixel Size for DICOM Storage
Canon CXDI Software DICOM Worklist Software (DMW_PS2)
Specifications Renewing the queue.dat File
CXDI-40EG/C Specifications Connecting Multiple Sensors
Imaging Workflow
Image Processing
Customizing the Software
DICOM Tools
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 172 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software and Diagnostics, continued


Rejected Images
Logging
Reject Log File Sharing
Reject Reason Settings in OPU

ATNA – Secure Communication


Storage Commitment

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 173 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Safety
Service engineers must be aware of important safety
precautions in order to conduct safe system repair and
maintenance. GE Healthcare insists on safety first for
you, the clinician, and the equipment. Engineers must
abide by hospital safety regulations, respect the inherent
dangers, and do everything possible to minimize and
prevent injury.
For more information, see the Environment, Health and
Safety support central site.
LOTO
Important! There are twenty 12-volt batteries in the Art/
Dart/Evo.
All energy sources for equipment on which work will be
performed and on which injury could occur due to
unexpected energization, startup, or release of stored
energy shall be deactivated. This includes opening
electrical circuits, closing and bleeding pressurized
hydraulics and pneumatics, blocking springs or
counterweights, discharging capacitors, etc.
There is a legitimate safety concern for personnel who
service, repair, set-up, and train medical equipment.
Defeating a locked and tagged piece of equipment is
prohibited.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 174 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Tools Needed
Because there is no mouse on the unit, use of a wireless
keyboard with an integrated mouse pad, such as the
Logitech K400 or K700, or a wireless mouse, is
recommended.
The wireless receiver plugs into the unit as shown.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 175 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Installation
First-time Launch of the CXDI Application Press and hold the ALT key and then press the TAB
All Canon software and files are in the D:\CCR folder. key to toggle to the CCR Console Menu (black text
screen). You can also use the Windows key and
1. In the D:\CCR folder, locate the file ccrstart.bat. choose from the taskbar.
2. Make a shortcut to this file on the desktop for future
use.
3. Launch the application by double-clicking the .bat file
or the shortcut.
4. Several expected errors will occur:
File not found –DEFPIX0.DAT
Please enter A/D Board Serial Number
Sensor Unit Detect Error (-5100)
System Info Error (-5)
5. Eventually, the System screen appears, but the only
options are:
SHUTDOWN
SHUTDOWN after trans
CXDI RESTART
6. A sensor must be registered to continue beyond this
point:

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 176 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Backups and OS Updates


After system turnover, turn Floppy Disk Backup ON.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 177 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Anti-Virus and Firewall Protection


The CXDI system is intended for installation in a
closed and secure network (for DICOM).
Therefore, no anti-virus or firewall is needed.
Canon cannot feasibly test all available products and
their updates and current virus definitions.
If the customer wishes to install these programs, that is
their right.
However, Canon cannot guarantee the proper operation
of the CXDI system if these programs (or any other
unauthorized software) is installed.
Most common anti-virus programs have not caused any
known problems to date (one exception is Sophos).
The keyboard is for service only (the system is operated
by touchscreen). This prevents user access to the
operating system.
If a keyboard is required, then the shortcut keys should
be locked. Canon provides a utility for this.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 178 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software
CXDI-40EG/C Versions and Software CXDI-50G/C Versions and Software
Compatibility Compatibility

Version Compatibility Version Compatibility

CXDI-40EG Minimum v6.30 CXDI software CXDI-50G Minimum v6.00 CXDI software
(dual read-out) Serial numbers less than 150000 (starting (dual read-out) Serial numbers less than 110000
with 100001) w/50di PCB (starting with 100001)
CXDI-40EC Minimum v6.40 CXDI software CXDI-50G Minimum v6.23 CXDI software
(dual read-out) Serial numbers less than 150000 (starting (dual read-out) Serial numbers less than 150000
with 100001) w/50di PWB (starting with 110001)
CXDI-40EG Minimum V6.44 CXDI software CXDI-50G Minimum V6.40 CXDI software
(single read-out) Serial Numbers starting with 150001+ (single read-out) Serial Numbers starting with 150001+
CXDI-40EC Minimum v6.50 CXDI software CXDI-50C Minimum V6.40 CXDI software
(single read-out) Serial Numbers starting with 150001+ (dual read-out) Serial Numbers starting with 100001+
CXDI-50C Minimum v6.50 CXDI software
(single read-out) Serial Numbers starting with 300001+

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 179 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Startup Menu and Auto-Login • Logout the CXDI user.
At power on, the system should automatically launch the • The Auto-Login function will force the system to log
CXDI application. The registry is edited to force auto- back in.
login to the CXDI user account in Windows.
• The shortcut in startup folder will cause the
The password for the CXDI account is ccrdebug. application to start automatically.
This is set up at the factory but a registry edit macro is
provided.
A shortcut to the application is in the Startup folder of the
CXDI user account. This has to be setup by the installer.
One method is:
1. Right click on the Windows Start menu.
2. Choose Properties.
3. Click Customize…
4. Click Add…
5. Type the file location D:CCR\ccrstart.bat or click
Browse… and find the file.
6. Select the folder to place the shortcut: Start Menu >
Programs > Startup.
The CXDI Restart button of the System menu will:

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 180 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Configuring User Authentication Creates a new setup button in Administrator Setup
screen labeled Login/Logout.
User Registration allows editing the user list and
changing the Auto Logout settings.
The first time you start the application after configuring
User Authentication, you will need a user and password.
The default user is admin, and the password is admin.
This user can be edited or removed if necessary.
Administrators in the User Authentication screen apply
only to this function.
Administrators can add and remove users and edit
names and passwords.
General users can only edit their own password.
The system can require a user name and password. Operator name is used for DICOM.
Includes a time-out and an optional auto-logout feature.
Does not use the Windows user account login or
screensaver login.
Automatically enters the login user as the operator for
DICOM.
There is no delay to use the system after login entered. Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 181 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Configuring User Authentication, continued Setup Menu - Customize Display
This feature lets you customize how information is
presented on the screen.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 182 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Setup Menu - Customize Display, continued Function Default Details

Function Default Details Date Order MM/DD/YYYY Determines the date format
for display on screen; does
Screen Type Category Category = allows multiple not affect DICOM.
tabs (categories), each with MM/DD/YYYY or
up to 28 body parts DD/MM/YYYY or
YYYY/MM/DD
Tray mode = for sites with
less than 16 body part Send After Don’t Send Send adds a button to the
programs. Exposure acquisition screen to send all
current images without
Preview Image Display Determines whether a ending the session.
preview screen automatically
displays after exposure. Patient Data n/a Use this page to customize
Layout the patient demographic
Distance Unit cm For distance measurements information that appears at
such as SID. Cm or inches. the top of the acquisition
MultiView 4 Preference for number of screen.
images in MultiView: Four data elements can be
4 Shots/1 or 9 Shots/1 selected; the defaults are
Name, ID, Sex, and Birth
Hello Dialog Display "Welcome to Canon" (date).
message can be turned off.
Select Study Single Multi allows the selection of
List multiple items from the Study
List.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 183 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Setup Menu - Customize Display, continued Setup Menu - System Setup
Patient Data Layout

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 184 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Setup Menu - System Setup, continued Function Details

Function Details Parameter Table Can set available mA, kV, and
ms, or mAs stations to match
Generator On systems with Multibox, this those available at the
allows the installer to choose generator.
which X-ray interface to Otherwise, any integer value
associate with which sensor. can be set (default setting)
Does not apply to Ethernet
type sensors (except some G-
Com. settings for AEC).
Density Adjustment Settings for manual ROIs are
done here.
There is no relationship to
AEC.
Automatic Display of Default is off. Can set QA
Parameter Change / QA screen for auto display after
Screen exposure.
Preview must be ON.
Can choose which tab in QA
screen is active when QA first
displays.
Also can choose to
automatically display the Body
Part (exposure mode) change
screen (not recommended)

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 185 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Setup Menu - System Setup, continued
Function Details

Exposure Condition Choose whether to display x-ray exposure


Display factors and dose information.
Pre-exposure, these are values stored in
Body Part program.
Post-exposure they are updated by
generator, if G-Com is installed.
If no G-Com is installed, then these need
to be turned off to avoid giving false
information. This goes out via DICOM
also.
For CXDI-11 and 22 also enable Bucky
ms link here for grid drive timing based
upon exposure time.
Select mA and time mode vs. mAs mode.
Mark List A list of view/orientation markers can be
edited here.
Most of the system defaults cannot be
removed.
Exposure REX Default is off. High and low threshold
Check points can be set to trip a warning
message for REX.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 186 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Function Details
Setup Menu - System Setup, continued
Grid Set a warning message for the user to choose the
proper grid condition:
Fixed Grid –Warns user to install the grid, if not
present
No Grid –Warns user to remove the grid, if
present
Not Specify –no warning (don’t care)
For fixed panels (CXDI-22, 40G/C, and 40EG/
EC), you can also specify a specific grid and label
the grid.
There are separate settings for each sensor.
Can be overridden by individual body part
programs.
Sleep Do not change these settings.
Mode Can turn off the sensor pixel refresh cycle.
Can potentially cause artifacts and latent images.
Auto Press Can program any one body part as the default
first button pressed automatically
Works well for dedicated chest rooms and
mobiles.
Annotation Sets system-wide defaults for annotation.
Local body part settings can override these.
Markers (R L, etc.) have to be placed in
annotation.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 187 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued Annotations are burned into the images when exported
via DICOM.
Setup Menu - Annotation
Fixed Annotation

The user can define up to six fixed blocks of annotation


made from internal data, imported data, DICOM tags,
and other imported information such as G-Com.
Text can also be directly entered into the blocks.
The blocks can be named and positioned in any of six
locations on the edges of the image.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 188 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Setup Menu - Annotation, continued Typing directly into the white box adds that text to the
image (exactly as typed).
Fixed Annotation, continued
Pressing a button on the bottom of the screen inserts the
data associated with that field into the image.
Multi Text

Annotation blocks can be re-labeled as desired.


Annotation can be applied to:
Up to three lists of pre-determined text strings can be
• Every Image (includes PACS)
defined.
• or Film Only
Default lists are provided, which can be edited.
The font size can be changed.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 189 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Setup Menu - Annotation, continued Free Annotation
Multi Text, continued
Each Multi Text item can be inserted into a fixed
annotation block.
Multi Text annotations can be individually pre-determined
based upon body part programming.
By default, all three Multi Text lists are turned off.

Arrows and/or text can be placed anywhere on the image


A pre-defined list of text can be built from the setup
screen.
Text can also be typed from the QA screen.
Any combination of up to six arrows or text strings can be
placed.
The default setting is off, this must be enabled by the
user or installer.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 190 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Setup Menu - Annotation, continued
Optional Annotation Settings
Function Details

Common Determines which annotation screen


Annotation appears on top in QA screen.
Auto Font Size Reduces font size to fit in image area
Reduction (otherwise truncated).
Saved vs. New Determines which annotation settings to
Annotation Settings use if changed between acquisition and
recall of image.
Automatic Display Automatically brings up soft keyboard on
of Soft Keyboard screen when text is selected.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 191 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Setup Menu - Administrator Setup
Function Details

Date Takes you to the Windows Date/Time Setup.


Patient Info Specify the patient information that is required in
order to proceed to acquisition mode.
Patient ID is always required, all others can be
changed to optional.
Can force automatic display of Patient Info page
after choosing a worklist item (otherwise it is not
displayed unless a required field is empty.
Can choose auto-calculation of the patient age
from birth date and validation of date.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 192 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Setup Menu - Administrator Setup, continued
Function Details

Study Info You can configure an optional second page of


data relating to the exam, including:
• Study Description
• Operator
• Referring Physician
• Performing Physician
• Institution Name
• Free #1
• Free #2
You can force automatic display of this screen
(same as Patient Info). It can also be accessed
manually from the Patient Info screen.
You can build a list for each field and then make it
optional or required.
Study Desc. & Referring Phys. are automatically
populated from the worklist.
Free #1 and Free #2 are user-defined fields and
can be manually populated or linked to DICOM
tag from the worklist.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 193 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Setup Menu - Administrator Setup, continued
Function Details

JPEG for Only for external media, which is not provided.


External JPEG not officially supported by DICOM.
Storage
Module For installation of optional software modules.
New option software installation utilities
configure this automatically.
Only need to use if specifically instructed by
the option being installed.
Service Tool FD Backup –should always be started.
Backup Log Tool –use this before copying
logs.
High-Res Customize MAG/HR mode settings.
Setting Can set automatic display of MAG mode after
acquisition.
Change Can assign a password for system
Password administrator and then lock out certain setup
keys.
This is in addition to the service password,
which never changes.
Clear Admin Re-locks setup keys after password access.
Level Also cleared automatically by exiting from
Setup Menu.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 194 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Exposure Mode Configuration • Advanced processing (MLT)
• Marks and Annotations
• Grid suppression and masking
• Links to worklist exam descriptions and generator
APRs
Body parts are sorted by category, with up to 28 body
parts in each category.
Categories are chosen using the tabs.
Tabs for each category are also user-definable.

Each body part can be pre-configured with optimal post-


processing and specific marks and annotations
Edit Exposure Mode allows customization of:
• Body part label
• Auto-ROI region
• Initial grayscale presentation
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 195 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Exposure Mode Configuration, continued 5. If Tray mode is used, set the position in the Tray.
Editing Body Parts 6. If the DWM_PS2 option is installed, enter code to
link the body part to an exam type in the worklist.
7. If the G-Com option is installed, enter the code to link
the body part to an APR on the generator.
8. Press Next Page to edit generator parameters.

1. Go to System > Edit Exposure Mode >Edit Para.


2. Select the body part to be edited.
3. Edit the name that appears on the body part button.
4. Change the data sent in DICOM under the tag Body
Part Examined.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 196 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Exposure Mode Configuration, continued
Editing Generator Parameters
Function Details

Series This text is sent in DICOM tag Series Description


Description (0008,103E).
Usually this is similar to the name of the body part
button.
Note Empty by default –be sure to enter data.
X-ray If there is no generator communication, these are
factors irrelevant. They are not communicated by the
Canon G-Com software. Some generator
communication software makes use of this data.

On this screen, you can override system settings for:


• FIXED ROI
• GRID
• PRINT SETTING
• GENERATOR Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 197 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Exposure Mode Configuration, continued
Editing IP Parameters
Functions Details

Auto Adjust vs. Always use Auto Adjust.


REX Adjust
Analysis This is where the Auto ROI anatomy is
chosen for adjusting initial display.
Curve Shape, Presets for initial display grayscales
Brightness, and
Contrast
Edge Applies if Standard Frequency is used.
Enhancement
Field Detection Auto Clipping: Automatically detects the
edges of the collimated area and sets the
cropping (trim box).
Fixed Clipping: Allows the user to
choose coordinates in the image area for
a fixed trim box.

Note If MLT is enabled, then the presets for IP Param-


eters will change to match the MLT mode.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 198 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued You can also can set a Fixed ROI or SMPTE test pattern
here.
Exposure Mode Configuration, continued 1. To use Fixed ROI:
Auto-ROI Settings
2. On the IP PARAMETER tab, press the button next to
current ANALYSIS type.
3. Select OTHER for the CATEGORY.
4. Select Fixed ROI/with background for ANALYSIS
type.
5. Choose fixed ROI region(s) on the GENERATOR
PARAMETER tab.

Note ANALYSIS choice is important! This is what


chooses the location of the Auto-ROI. It is spe-
cific to the anatomy.
Note Remember to edit this when copying body parts.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 199 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued Do not enable MLT(S) unless you are prepared to review
these settings with the customer on a high resolution
Exposure Mode Configuration, continued monitor.
Setting MLT Processing Parameters Editing Mark Parameters
There is a button on the bottom of the Edit Para. page
(beside Previous Page) that allows setting the advanced
processing mode: Standard, MLT(F), MLT(M), or MLT(S).
By default, all body parts are set for Standard Frequency,
which has Edge Enhance and DEP tabs for QA.
These can be preset under the IP Parameter and DEP
tabs of Edit Exposure Mode.
When setting these parameters, be sure to check the
images on a high resolution monitor (PACS).
If MLT(M) is selected, then the DEP tab is replaced by
Lap Enhance.
There is no separate Edge Enhance setting in MLT(M).
If MLT(S) is selected, then the DEP tab is replaced by
MLT(S). The Edge Enhance settings for MLT(S) are on View and Orientation defaults can be set.
this tab. • View chooses projection (AP, PA, LR, RL, etc.).
MLT(S) has multiple settings that require experience and • Orientation flips or rotates the image.
training to best optimize.
This data is automatically exported via DICOM.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 200 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Exposure Mode Configuration, continued Fixed annotation data elements are configured globally
under the annotation setup (System > Setup Menu >
Editing Mark Parameters, continued
System Setup > Annotation).
Markers can be defaulted: L, R, U (unpaired), or B
(Both). For each body part, the user can override system
settings and move or disable any of the six preset blocks
User can choose to display these as annotation on the of annotation.
image for each exposure mode.
If Multi Text is enabled, the user can preset a choice from
View and Markers also have to be configured in the each of the three lists.
global Annotation setup in order for them to appear.
Multi Text annotations will not show up unless they are
Editing Annotation Settings placed in a fixed annotation block using the Annotation
setup under System Setup.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 201 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Exposure Mode Configuration, continued
Editing Correct Proc. Settings
Function Details

D. Depend Dose dependent MTF (Modulation Transfer


MTF IMP Function) Improvement.
This is a sharpness setting. It’s usually good at 2
or 3, but always check on a high resolution
monitor (PACS). It can enhance noise and work
in conflict with some MLT(S) settings.
Suppress Grid suppression can be defaulted off or on. The
Grid sensor must detect the presence of a grid for this
to be applied.
Collimation By default, this button is not enabled.
Mask Enable it from the CCR Console Menu > 1:Set-
up > 0:Normal > 3:IP Setup.
Edit the line ‘Support QA Collimation Mask Mode’
to 1:ON.
The next line ‘QA Collimation Mask Size (mm)’
sets an offset of the mask (2 or 3 mm usually
covers any collimator edge defects).

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 202 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued 4. Save this BodyPartXXX.ini


file in the folder:
Exposure Mode Configuration, continued C:\ccr\BodyParts\..
Copying and Editing Body Part Files
Exposure mode settings from one system can be
duplicated on others.
However, it is not possible to simply copy all of the body
part files from one computer to another.
The body part files contain system and sensor specific
information (such as serial numbers, software version,
and model).
To copy exposure mode settings:
1. After installation of the sensor and loading of default
body parts, use Notepad to open the
BodyPartXXX.ini file related to the sensor being
configured.
2. Copy the text in the beginning of the file down to the
heading [Bodypart1].Open the BodyPartXXX.ini file
that contains the desired parameter values.
3. Paste the copied text in place of the same lines of
the reference file (the file with the desired
parameters)

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 203 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Software, continued
Exposure Mode Configuration, continued Many exposure modes and many parameters can be
edited at once using this tool.
Body Part Conversion Tool
If you want to edit QA processing parameters such as
MLT, be sure to use the .datfiles in the AllParamfolder.

This software tool allows editing of the body part


parameters by converting the .ini files to csv format.
The data can then be edited in a spreadsheet program
like MS Excel.
Each row of the file represents a body part button, and
each column is a setting parameter.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 204 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Canon CXDI Software


Specifications CXDI-40EG/C Specifications
160um square pixels
Computer Requirements Canon Software
2688 x 2688 = 7.2 million pixels
Windows XP SP2 Newest release: v6.45
43cm x 43cm (17”x 17”)
.NET Framework 1.1 Add-ons (Standard):
GCOM Option 3 secs. from exposure to preview image
MLT Option
Worklist Option
PID = 33.5mm (from front cover to detector surface)

2 partitions: Operating Environment:


C:\ .. Windows
D:\ .. Canon
• +5 to +35 degrees C

Display settings: • 30 to 75% humidity


640 x 480 GUI
Storage & Transport Environment:
2 Network adapters:
Canon Detector • -30 to +60 degrees C
PACS
• 10 to 60% humidity

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 205 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Canon CXDI Software, continued Image Processing


Images are stored in D:\CCR\dtstore:
Imaging Workflow
xxxx.DCM are original images.
Enter Patient xxxx.BIN are processed images
Data

CANCEL
Offset correction

Born image Gain correction


Select and Change
Exposure Mode Defect correction
Correction processing
D:\CCR\dtstore

Cancel retake Raw image


Take an Image
Retake Characteristic extraction
Original image x Sharpening
No display of x DEF
preview image x Gradation processing
Preview Image QA processing x MTF enhancement
(frequency enhancement)
x Grid stripe reduction
QA image x High density clipping request

Operations from the


Exposure Ready DICOM output
Condition
Next exposure without
changing patient data
Diagnostic image

END STUDY
Next exposure after
changing patient data Processed image

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 206 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Canon CXDI Software, continued


Image Processing, continued EXP value = 1000 at 0.5 mR for the 40C, which has
double sensitivity.
REX Number
Relative Exposure Value The same EXP value will result in approximately the
same picture quality of image.
Brightness level affects value
Optimal #’s:
Chest: 300-600
Bone work: 200-600
Low Dose = Low REX
High Dose = High REX
EXP Number
This is the average of the dose across the sensor.
EXP=
[Raw Pixel Value]*[Sensitivity Compensation
Value]*[Exposure Index Coefficient “c”]
Brightness does not affect the EXP.
The sensitivity unevenness of each sensor is
compensated by the sensitivity compensation value.
EXP value = 1000 at 1 mR for the 40G/50G.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 207 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Canon CXDI Software, continued


Customizing the Software CCR Menu
Setup Menu System Setup
System Information IP Setup
Customize Display Transmit Setup
Destination Scan Sensor Setup
System Setup
Administrator Setup

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 208 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Canon CXDI Software, continued


DICOM Tools DICOM Viewer – Osiris
PACS Emulator – Simple Storage 1. Install software on the laptop.
1. Copy Simple Storage folder to the Desktop. 2. Create a shortcut on the desktop.
2. Right click on SimpleV24.bat and select Edit. 3. Drag and drop a DICOM image (*.DCM) onto
shortcut to open.
3. Replace [AE TITLE] with canon (or the AE Title of
the PACS server). DICOM Tag Viewer – Tag Browser
4. Replace [Port No] with 104 (or the AE Title of the 1. Install the software on the laptop.
PACS server). 2. Create a shortcut on the Desktop.
5. Save and close. 3. Drag and drop a DICOM image (*.DCM) onto
6. Execute SimpleV24.bat shortcut to open.
7. Give the laptop a static IP address in the LAN TCP/
IP properties 192.168.10.22 (or the IP of the PACS
server).
8. Using a crossover cable or a network switch, send
an acquired image to the simulated PACS network.
9. Upon receipt, the DICOM file will be located in a
folder named CR or DX, whichever modality the
system is set to send.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 209 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Canon CXDI Software, continued


DICOM Tools, continued
DICOM Worklist Software (DMW_PS2) C-FIND-RQ Modality = CR
Worklist software is an option on the CXDI. Date_From= Yesterday
Date_To= Today
The DMW_PS2 software supports both the DICOM
Modality Worklist and Modality Performed Procedure MWL SCP Connect MWL SCP_AE_Title = institution provided
Condition AE Title for RIS
Steps (MPPS) services.
MWL_SCP_IP_Addr = institution
To install the worklist software: provided IP Address for RIS

1. Copy all files from the floppy disk to the program MWL Port = institution provided TCP/IP
Port number for RIS
folder D:\CCR.
2. Run the configuration program DmwCnf2.exe.
3. Restart the application software.
The worklist software has been revised several times,
but it can be upgraded to the latest version provided the
previous version is V4.0 or higher. (The older version has
a different vendor license.)
Most default settings will often work. Start with minimum
changes of:

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 210 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Network Settings
There are two Ethernet network adapters on the control
PC.
There are two separate networks.You can re-name them
for easy differentiation.
If the first three segments of the address are the same,
then it is likely the same network (but not always).
The default local address for sensor network at the
control PC is:
192.168.100.10
The default address for all Ethernet sensors is:
192.168.100.11
You need to edit the default for additional sensors.
Configure (edit) the D:\CCR\Screwcap.ini file for the
number of Ethernet sensors connected (default is 1).
SensorNum=1
The DICOM network will be specified by the facility.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 211 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

System Control
Setting the Date and Time CCR Console Menu
Correct date and time are critical in DICOM A keyboard is needed.
communication.
Use ALT-TAB to toggle to the CCR Console Menu.
• Wrong date or time can lead to an empty worklist
Press ENTER to bring up the current menu.
reply.
Main menu is labeled “Welcome to CCR.”
• Wrong date or time can cause DICOM association
errors. Sub-menus have “(ESC to go back)”in title.
• Wrong date or time can lead to billing or treatment Select an option by typing a number from menu and
errors. pressing ENTER.
Make sure that the correct time zone is chosen and Changing Values
choose adjust for Daylight Savings Time, if it applies Current value is given between square brackets [ ].
Can be synchronized with central time server or Internet In most cases, the possible values to choose from are
server. between round brackets ( ).
Windows NT corrections require the use of a tool which Type a new value at the end of the line and press
edits the time zone settings. ENTER to change the value.
Typing no value and pressing ENTER accepts current
value.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 212 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

System Control, continued


CCR Console Menu, continued Registering the Sensor Units
Setting Mode 1. Select Set-Up by typing a 1 and then press ENTER.
Expert Mode is normally not needed and adds many 2. Select Normal Mode by pressing ENTER.
extra lines of settings to the screen.
3. Select Scan Sensor Setup by typing a 7 and then
Accept Normal Mode by pressing ENTER or typing “0” ENTER.
then ENTER.

4. Set Max Capture Devices to the number of sensors


to be installed (1-4) The default is 1.
All sensors detected during the polling done during
application software startup will be listed here.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 213 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

System Control, continued


Registering the Sensor Units, continued 6. Accept the defaults for all other settings and press
Enter.
5. Choose a sensor from the list to be sensor 1, and
type this serial number at the end of the line: ‘A/D 7. For the settings to take effect, you must restart the
Board Serial Number for Sensor ID#1’ application:
Only serial numbers from the list are valid, it will give Press Enter until back at the CCR Setup Menu, then
an error for any other number press ESC to return to the CCR main menu, then 8
to exit.
Choose a sensor type from the list under Custom
Type

NO CUSTOM CXDI-11 only


STAND CXDI-22, 40G/C, or 40EG/EC
TABLE CXDI-22, 40G/C, or 40EG/EC
UNIV CXDI-22, 40G/C, or 40EG/EC
CASSETTE 100um CXDI-31 only
CASSETTE 14x17_160um CXDI-50G/C
CASSETTE 9x11_160um CXDI-60G

The same CXDI-50G/C can be registered more than


once.
If the list has model name as -2 and serial number of
0, then there is no communication with this sensor.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 214 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

System Control, continued


Control PC Windows XP Settings (users, registry, display, start
menu, system properties, security center, and others)
FC-E21A Software
All new systems come with the Canon CXDI software Driver Installation (video, sound, LAN)
pre-installed. RAS Software Installation
Getting the latest version of the application software may Windows Components Installation (IIS)
require upgrading.
Hard Drive Formatting/Configuration (partitions)
A Windows XP disk and license is included with the
computer for all systems through the FC-24VE (not FC- Fonts Installation
E21A). Product Activation (Windows XP license)
The latest CXDI software is available from Canon at no CXDI Environment Installation (MS .NET and MSMQ)
cost.
CXDI Application Installation
All drivers are available from Canon and can be
downloaded.
User system configurations are saved on floppy disk
backup.
Contact Canon technical support for recovery disks for
FC-E21A.
FC-24VE Software Installation
System BIOS Settings
Windows XP Installation

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 215 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Screens
Acquisition Screen Patient entry is manual by default.
This is the main operation screen for CXDI system. DICOM Worklist is an option.
Five data fields are enterable:
• Patient Name
• Patient ID (always required)
• Patient Sex
• Patient Birth Date
• Accession Number
Patient demographics are displayed next to the patient
button.
The READY box turns green if the sensor is ready for
exposure.
The body part buttons set the exposure mode, which
includes:
There are two basic requirements for making an
exposure: • the post-processing functions
• A patient must be registered in the CXDI using the • the initial display settings
Patient button. • link to a generator APR, if the option is installed
• An exposure mode must be chosen by pressing a
body part button.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 216 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Screens, continued
Acquisition Screen, continued Preview Screen
The active sensor panel (if more than one) can be This screen presents a reduced resolution image for
selected from the icon on the left edge. verification purposes only.
Once images have been acquired, the user can exit to
Preview mode using the arrows on the right.
MultiView gives a 4-on-1 or 9-on-1 display (4-on-1
default).
End Study:
• Quits the exam.
• Automatically sends images to default DICOM
locations.
• Sends MPPS and Storage Commit messages, if
configured.

Preview is not diagnostic as it does not use the full image


data set. It’s equivalent to a thumbnail image,
approximately 300x300 pixels.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 217 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Screens, continued
Preview Screen, continued QA Screen
The user can scroll through all the images from the This screen is accessed from the Preview screen.
session and display a MultiView panel.
Information displayed includes:
• Body part button used
• REX number (relative dose index)
• X-ray post exposure factors (valid only with Gen.
Comm.)
• Series description, if set
• DAP data, if set
The button on the lower left provides access to QA mode
for post processing.
The screen also allows Reject and Retake.
The OK button exits to the Acquisition screen.
It displays same Preview image, but provides post-
processing functions.
The OK button saves the current settings and exits to
Preview screen.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 218 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Screens, continued
QA Screen, continued Mag mode uses the full image data set, not just a
thumbnail view like the Preview and QA screens.
During the first visit to the QA screen, RESET restores
the image to the default settings. Only the image data that will be exported within the trim
During subsequent visits to the QA screen, RESET box sized to fit the screen top to bottom is displayed.
restores the image to the saved settings. Mag mode also shows:
The user can adjust trim (cropping) or manually place an • Annotation data
ROI (region of interest).
• Ruler along edges
Other post-processing functions include:
• Orientation marker
• Grayscale adjustments
There are buttons to change to HR and QA-HR if the
• Edge Enhancement & DEP (compression) optional high resolution display is used instead.
• Markers/Orientation Touching the screen zooms the image centered around
that point. It zooms in three steps, which can be
• Annotation
increased to five steps by changing the default settings in
• Grid suppression/Masking the CCR Console.
• Optional advanced processing
Mag Mode
QA MAG applies all post processing to a magnified view.
MAG displays a quick magnified view without all the post
processing in order to reduce the time it takes to display
the image.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 219 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Configuring the Control PC


1. Confirm the correct date and time (including time
zone and daylight savings). You can do this from
Windows or using CXDI Setup Menu.
2. Enter the PC Serial Number in the CCR Console:
Under Welcome to CCR, select 1:Set-Up >
0:Normal > 1:System Setup.
3. Set up the network settings.
There are two network adapters, one for connection
to all sensors, and a second for connection to the
customer network (DICOM).
Note The sensor network and DICOM network
must remain separate.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 220 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

DICOM
CXDI DICOM Services DICOM Storage Configuration
1. In Windows, set the Ethernet address for the control
Service Details PC on the DICOM network.
Storage Sending images to a PACS, viewing 2. To configure the DICOM storage devices, go to:
station, etc.
Print Usually requires the formatting
SYSTEM > SETUP MENU> DESTINATION >
information from the printer vendor. STORAGE
Modality Worklist This is an option.
Must be installed and configured.
Modality Performed This is an option.
Procedure Steps Included with Worklist software.
(MPPS)
Storage Commitment Configured from the HIPAA module.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 221 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

DICOM, continued DICOM Print Configuration


1. To configure the DICOM print devices, go to:
DICOM Storage Configuration, continued
SYSTEM> SETUP MENU>DESTINATION> PRINT
3. Enter three required parameters:
• IP Address (labeled Host Name)
• Port Number
• AE Title
4. Configure the SET button:
a. Optional parameters:
“-c” for changing Sending AE Title (required by
most PACS)
“-v” for logging DICOM Association events in
CCR Console window
b. (optional) Re-name the button (screen label) for
the device.
5. Up to four can be configured but only two can be 2. Enter three required parameters:
active at once.
• IP Address
• Port Number
• AE Title

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 222 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

DICOM, continued Function Details


DICOM Print Configuration, continued Fixed Ratio Printing Reduces by set ratio
3. Configure the SET button: Printing Option Lifesize–prints same size as image at
sensor surface
a. (optional) Re-name the button (screen label) for
Reduction –reduces image to fit film size
the device.
Proper Film –chooses film size to match
b. Configure other parameters. cropped image
Some default parameters are available for Trim Position Chooses location of cropped image
common printers. within film area
Warning Enable Allows DICOM printer error messages to
For other printers, you will need to consult with be displayed at CXDI (such as film supply
the Printer vendor’s support person. low)
Parameters include Min/Max Density, Smoothing,
Margins, Magnification, Pixel Pitch etc.
c. Film size including actual size in pixels and
media type.
d. Override > Default parameters for common
printer models.
The Print Setting button allows configuration of these
functions:

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 223 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

DICOM, continued
DICOM Transmit Setup Change ‘DICOM Modality Type’to 1:DX
The default settings are usually best; start with these (default is 0:CR)
first. Change ‘LUT Type’ to 2:Presentation
If necessary, edit Transmit Setup in the CCR Console (default is 0:No)
Menu: 1:Setup > 0:Normal > 5:Transmit Setup.
• Send Window Center/Width info (helps with Stentor/
Philips PACS):
Change setting for ‘Window Center (0028, 1050)
in DICOM’ to 2048 (default is 0 or off)
Change setting for ‘Window Width (0028, 1051)
in DICOM’ to 4096 (default is 0 or off)
• For Agfa PACS systems only (new systems may not
require this):
Change setting for ‘Apply Tone LUT’ to 1:VOI
Header (default is 0:Image).
• For systems that support GSPS (Grayscale Softcopy
Presentation State) - GE Centricity is one:

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 224 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

DICOM, continued
Pixel Size for DICOM Storage 2 = the adjusted pixel spacing at the patient based
upon geometric magnification is sent in this tag
There are two configurable DICOM tags for pixel size in
the CCR Console Menu: If setting 2 is used, then the BodyPartXXX.ini file must be
• (0018,1164) is for pixel spacing at the position of the edited to include the PID data (for sensor or body part
level).
sensor (default setting is 1).
• (0028,0030) is for pixel spacing at the position of the
patient (default setting is 0).

The possible settings are:


0 = no data is sent in this tag
1 = the actual pixel spacing of the sensor is sent in
this tag

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 225 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

DICOM, continued
DICOM Worklist Software (DMW_PS2) CXDI Information
The worklist software is an option on the CXDI.
The DMW_PS2 software supports both the DICOM
Modality Worklist and Modality Performed Procedure
Steps (MPPS) services.
There is a nine-page configuration utility for viewing and
changing the software setup options.
1. Start the configuration utility by running the program
Dmwcnf2.exe found in the D:\CCR folder.
2. Review and, if appropriate, change the field values
according the descriptions below.
3. Press NEXT to navigate to the next page. Field Description

CDI AE_Title CANON_CCR is the default setting for all


CXDI DICOM services.
Editing this name changes the sending AE
Title for worklist queries only (it does not
affect Print and Store).
This is not the destination AE Title (RIS).
CXDI MODALITY The default of CR cannot be changed.
This is not the modality used for the search
parameters.
LANGUAGE English

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 226 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

DICOM, continued
DICOM Worklist Software (DMW_PS2),
continued
Field Description
Use Case Settings
IHE MODE Default = unchecked (OFF)
Turns on services needed for IHE
Scheduled WorkFlow (SWF).
USE_MPPS Default = unchecked (OFF)
To use, there must be an MPPS server
on the network (usually the RIS, but
PACS is possible).
Most systems are capable, but not
used.
Requires configuration and exam
coding information to be completed by
facility.
PROC_MODE Default = Manual Imaging Mode.
Program Imaging Mode allows
automatic protocol selection –Individual
body part buttons are chosen by
scheduled procedures in the DICOM
worklist.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 227 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Field Description Field Description

MULTI_ACCESSION Default = unchecked (OFF) MOBILE_MODE Special mode for CXDI systems
installed or used on mobile x-ray
Allows acquisition of images from
systems.
multiple different exams to be acquired
within the same session and assigned Normally, the system queries the
to different accession numbers. worklist server every time the Patient
button is pushed. In mobile mode, the
Enable empty AccessionNo allows
worklist can be preserved locally and
images to be acquired without
recalled.
assigning an accession number (by
default, the system requires one). Choose one of three ways to manage
the stale worklist:
Enable empty ReqService allows
images to be acquired without a study • Maintain the worklist: Does nothing
description. to the worklist, it remains the same
every time it is recalled.
• Delete automatically: Removes
items from the worklist as the exams
are performed.
• Mark FREE2: Puts an asterisk in the
FREE2 column of the worklist,
keeping all items in the list.
N-SET_TIMING Choose when to send MPPS message.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 228 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

DICOM, continued
DICOM Worklist Software (DMW_PS2),
continued
Field Description
Use Case 2 Settings
STUDY SELECT Default = Select from List
TYPE Enter the find key = A Study ID must be
entered to choose the exam.
AUTO STUDY Only valid with STUDY SELECT TYPE
START TIME options Enter the find key and Use
Barcode Reader.
Automatically goes to the Acquisition
screen after the specified time.
OTHER SETTING Default = unchecked (OFF)
If checked, the pregnancy status in the
worklist will trigger a warning message to
the operator if the status is anything other
than "Not Pregnant."

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 229 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Field Description

FIND_MODE Default = Not Used


Not Used = Performs a broad query
Patient ID = Requests a Patient ID for
search
Accession No. = Requests an Accession
Number for search
Patient Name = Requests a Patient Name
for search
Patient Based Worklist Query = Brings up a
screen where the following search
parameters can be chosen:
Date Range
Patient ID
Accession Number
Patient Name
Study ID
Add Asterisk = Adds an asterisk (wild card)
to the end of the input search string.
Study Date Input Mode = A Find button is
added to the worklist screen. Brings up the
Patient Based Worklist Query screen.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 230 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

DICOM, continued
DICOM Worklist Software (DMW_PS2), These are the search parameters for the worklist query.
continued They limit the scope of the returned data.
Modality Worklist C-FIND-REQ
Field Description

Modality This should match the modality used to register


exams at the RIS. This is almost always CR for
radiographic exams. If nothing is entered here,
exams from all modalities (MR, CT, US, etc. will
appear in the worklist).
AE_Title -
Station Name -
Location -
Performing -
Physician
Time Range Set a number of hours (+/-) centered around
the current time to return scheduled exams.
0 is off, and Date Range will apply.
If a non-zero value is entered, Date Range is
ignored.
Date Range This is usually set for: from ‘Yesterday’ to
‘Today’

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 231 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

DICOM, continued
DICOM Worklist Software (DMW_PS2),
continued
Field Description
Print Film Setup
Lets you choose what data to print on the films. ACCESSION_PRINT_FILM Accession Number
REQ_SERVICE_PRINT_FILM Choose which DICOM tag will
provide the exam description.
If the REQ_SERVICE tags are
not set, exam description data
will not appear on the CXDI
screen or in the DICOM image
data.
REQ_SERVICE_TAG (IN) Scheduled Procedure Step
Description
(0040,0100)>(0040,0007) is
the most common.
Requested Procedure Step
Description (0032,1030) is a
possible alternative (although
not proper).
REQ_SERVICE_TAG (OUT) Choose which DICOM tag the
exam description is exported in
(when sent to PACS).
Study Description (0008,1030)
is the tag used for images
stored to PACS.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 232 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

DICOM, continued
DICOM Worklist Software (DMW_PS2),
continued
Field Description
Extra Tag Setup
MWL_TAG (INPUT) Use to import and use DICOM tags not
included in the standard configuration.
Type the 8-digit DICOM tag into the
fields MWL_EX_TAG_1 and 2.
MWL_TAG (OUTPUT) Use to display the data on the CXDI
screen or export it with the images.
Type a tag number, or
MWL_EX_TAG_1, or
MWL_EX_TAG_2 into the field.
(0040,0100)>(0040,0007) will display
the exam description in the worklist
when Multi-Accession is used.

Example: To import and display the Patient Location in


the Free1Tag column of the worklist:
Type 00380400 into MWL_EX_TAG_1
Type MWL_EX_TAG_1 into FREE1_TAG

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 233 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

DICOM, continued
DICOM Worklist Software (DMW_PS2), Default settings are preceded by #.
continued • Study Instance UID --> Study Instance UID
DcmApnd (DICOM Append) Setup
• Requested Procedure ID --> Study ID
• Accession Number --> Accession Number
• Scheduled Procedure Step Description --> Study
Description
Exam information can be displayed in the top of the
Patient Data area of the Acquisition page:
1. Type the tag into DCMAPND_TAG(IN).
2. Choose the display position from the pull-down list
under DCMAPND_TAG(OUT).

This applies when the Multi-Accession mode is enabled.


In Multi-Accession mode, exam-related information is not
automatically passed through the system.
The DcmApnd function maps incoming information to
exported DICOM tags.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 234 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

DICOM, continued
DICOM Worklist Software (DMW_PS2), This is the address information for the worklist server
continued (RIS).
MWL SCP Connect Condition Three elements are required:
• AE Title
• IP Address
• Port Number
Node Authentication provides secure communication
using TLS.
If MPPS is selected, then another setup page calls for
the MPPS SCP Connect Condition.
• The default configuration is the same as MWL.
• Often it is the same, but not necessarily.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 235 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

DICOM, continued
DICOM Worklist Software (DMW_PS2),
continued
Field Description
Program Mode Settings
Procedure ID Sets the source of the view/exposure codes
• Action Item Uses exposure codes from the DICOM tag
SQ (0040,0100)>(0040,0008)>(0008,0100)
which is a code from a Scheduled Procedure
Step Sequence.
A direct relationship exists between this
code and the body part.
Currently, most RIS servers do not provide
this sequence detail.
• JJ1017_CODE Uses codes from a JJ1017 code table
(Japanese standard)
• Set Order Uses codes from a table called Setorder.txt
saved in the D:\CCR folder.
SET_ORDER_TAG chooses a DICOM tag
which gives the exam code.
(0040,0100)>(0040,0009) is the Scheduled
This is provides automatic selection of the body parts Procedure Step Code.
based upon the exam codes received from the worklist. (0040,0100)>(0040,0007) is the Scheduled
Procedure Step Description.
The Setorder.txtfile gives a set of exposure
codes for each exam

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 236 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Field Description

TrayProgBtn(Sh Turns on the Add, Del, and Add/Del buttons


ow Add/Del Proc so that the scheduled exam can be changed.
Button Bar) This should usually be on.
FindBtnOtherMe Enables a function to find the body part on a
nu(Enable different sensor. Requires that all sensors
Change Sensor) are programmed with identical body parts.
Not usually used,
CxdiHisOnGetB Displays a warning message when a code is
adID(Show received, but no matching body part is
Invalid found.
Procedure ID Checking the box turns off the warning
Warning) message.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 237 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Renewing the queue.dat File


Any files manually copied into the dtstorefolder will not
be recognized by the system because they are not in the
queue.dat file.
Use the Renew of Queue File function to add any files or
fix corrupted a queue.dat file.
1. In CCR Console Menu. go to:
3: Image Util > 4: Renew of Queue File
2. At Queue Log File Name<FullPath>[ ] :, press Enter.
All associated DCM files (images) must be included for
each BIN file (settings).

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 238 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Connecting Multiple Sensors


All sensors must be connected through the same Two or more devices with the same address will not work
network adapter at the control PC. on the same network.
A network switch, or “switching hub” must be used to Each sensor needs to be installed one at a time to
connect all sensors to this one adapter at the PC. change the address (except for the last one).
Canon does not provide the network switch or Ethernet Second sensor = 192.168.100.12
connection cables (some dealers or distributors will
Third sensor = 192.168.100.13
provide these).
Fourth sensor = 192.168.100.14
Recommended network switches (validated by Canon):
Instructions for changing the address are included in the
• Netgear FS605
“Tool Software Operation Manual for Ethernet-
• Linksys SD205 Compatible Sensor Units.”
Any other network switches should be validated using Changing the address requires a Telnet connection
SIDR-05-013 “Selection of Switching Hub (Network (HyperTerminal in Windows).
Switch).”
The Screwcap.ini file needs to be edited to reflect the
All Ethernet cables in this case are standard CAT-5 patch total number of Ethernet type sensors installed.
cables (not crossover).
Enter the number in the line SensorNum=x.
Each sensor has its own individual Power Box and its
own X-ray interface.
All sensors come with the same address loaded:
Default address = 192.168.100.11

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 239 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Rejected Images
Logging
The system creates a log file in a specified folder in
Windows.
One line in the file is dedicated to each rejected image.
The file format is csv (comma separated values), which
can be opened with MS Excel or imported into a MS
Word table.
A new file is created for each month:
Reject01.csv = log for January
Reject02.csv = log for February

Reject12.csv = log for December
Choose “Advanced” to set up logged data and format.
You can select the data elements to be logged from
these sources:
• Locally entered data
• Imported DICOM tags from RIS and G-Com
• Available data listed in HIPAA manual

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 240 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Rejected Images, continued


Reject Log File Sharing Reject Reason Settings in OPU
Reject logs must be saved on the local computer (CXDI When Reject Logging is enabled, another step is added
Control) or errors will occur. to the Reject function on the Preview screen
The reject log folder can be shared on the facility network The reject reason can be chosen from a list, or manually
for others to access. typed in.
Do not store the files to a folder on another PC. Do not The reject reason is then displayed in yellow across the
try to map a drive. top of the rejected image.
“Simple File Sharing” in Windows Explorer must be The reject reason can be changed by pressing the
turned off in order to set user rights. Reject button again and choosing Change Reject
Reason.
Assign the user ‘Supervisor’ read-only rights to this
folder. Another setup button is added to the System Setup
screen: Reject Reason.
See the HIPAA manual for details on how to configure
the file sharing. A list of reject reasons can be created here as defaults to
choose from.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 241 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

Rejected Images, continued


Reject Reason Settings in OPU, continued

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 242 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

ATNA – Secure Communication


All external communication (DICOM) from the CXDI can
be secured, including:
• Worklist
• MPPS
• Print
• Storage
• Storage Commitment (see next section)
The IHE Profile is called Node Authentication.
The security method used is TLS:
• Encrypted and locked Ethernet communication
• Similar to SSL used for HTTP and FTP on Internet
• Requires a software key and certificate from a third
party issuer
DICOM Print, Storage, and Storage Commitment
security are set in the HIPPA module.
DICOM Worklist and MPPS security are set in the
DMW_PS2 option.
Details are available in the HIPAA manual.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 243 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Software and Diagnostics DOC1829214

ATNA – Secure Communication, continued


Storage Commitment
Storage Commitment is the DICOM equivalent of USPS
Registered Mail.
A separate request is sent to the PACS, after images are
stored, requesting confirmation.
The setup is accessed from the bottom of the last page
of the HIPAA setup tool.
In this setup screen, the installer must assign a TCP/IP
Port number and AE Title to be used by the CXDI.
Recommended: Port = 104, AE Title = CANON_CCR
This information must be given to the PACS
Administrator to use in sending the SC message to the
CXDI.
Storage Commitment results can be displayed in a
column of the Study List.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 244 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

THEORY
Safety US MEAS-2002 Board (Optional)
LOTO Distance Meter Display Board (Optional)
Product Overview Canon System Specifications
MUX Family CXDI-50G/C
Product Specifications CXDI-55G/C
Functional Overview CXDI 60G/C
XCONT 2002 Board CXDI040G
XCONT 2008 Board Generator Capacity (Art/Dart)
NEXSC CPU Power and Batteries
MU-Driver 2 Mobile Dart (12.5kW)
MUX-Power 99 Mobile Dart Evolution (32kW)
MUX-Charge 04A Charging the Internal Capacitors
MUX Charge 04B Discharging the Internal Capacitors
Inverter Unit – C1 X-Rays During Battery Charge (Evolution)
Power-100D X-Rays During Plug Connection (Art/DaRt)
System Specifications X-Rays During Plug Connection (EVO)
MUX 100D Anatomical Programs
KV ADJ-32K Board Table of APRs
MUX Charge-04B Board Dose Requirements
MUX-LC1B Board Canon 50G/C Panel
MUX Power-32K Board CXDI-50G/C Reliability Tips
MUX Capacitor Board
MU Driver-07 Board
Sheet Panel Board
Power-200D Board Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 245 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Theory, continued
Evolution Circuits
Inverter Circuit For Starter and Lamp
Power ON/OFF Circuit for DR System
X-Ray Generator Interface
CXDI Image Files
CXDI Image File Notes
Control Computers: FC-24VE and FC-E21A
High Resolution Monitor Option
CXDI-50G/C Grid Option
Boot Sequence
Power ON
CXDI Power On
Power OFF
Auto Power OFF Operation
CXDI Exit and Shutdown
AC to DC with Unit Plugged In
Battery
Detection of Battery Voltage
Charging Circuit for Batteries
Charging Current Overview
Capacitors
Charging Circuit
Discharging

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 246 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Safety
Service engineers must be aware of important safety
precautions in order to conduct safe system repair and
maintenance. GE Healthcare insists on safety first for
you, the clinician, and the equipment. Engineers must
abide by hospital safety regulations, respect the inherent
dangers, and do everything possible to minimize and
prevent injury.
For more information, see the Environment, Health and
Safety support central site.
LOTO
Important! There are twenty 12-volt batteries in the Art/
Dart/Evo.
All energy sources for equipment on which work will be
performed and on which injury could occur due to
unexpected energization, startup, or release of stored
energy shall be deactivated. This includes opening
electrical circuits, closing and bleeding pressurized
hydraulics and pneumatics, blocking springs or
counterweights, discharging capacitors, etc.
There is a legitimate safety concern for personnel who
service, repair, set-up, and train medical equipment.
Defeating a locked and tagged piece of equipment is
prohibited.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 247 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Product Overview
MUX Family Mobile Dart Evolution
• MobileArt - MUX-100: film or CR only Max Electric Power: 32kW (20msec)
• MobileArt Plus - MUX-100H Nominal Electric Power: 16kW (100 msec)
• MobileDaRt - MUX-100D Max Tube Voltage: 133 kV
• MobileDaRt Evolution - wired FPD Max tube current: 400mA (80kV, 20msec)
160mA (100kv, 100msec)
• MobileDaRt Evolution EFX - wireless FPD
Minimum Time: 1msec
Product Specifications
Focuses: 2 (9.7mm/1.2mm)
Mobile Dart
Max Electric Power: 12.5kW (100msec) Image File: 3500 images

Nominal Electric Power: 12.5kW (100 msec) LCD monitor size: 15 inch

Max Tube Voltage: 125 kV FPD: CXDI-50G or CXDI-50C

Max tube current: 160mA (80kV, 100msec)


Minimum Time: 3.2msec
Focuses: 1 (0.7mm)
Image File: 2000 images
LCD monitor size: 10 inch
FPD: CXDI-50G
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 248 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Product Overview, continued


Product Specifications, continued • Additional Radiography Function (if this function is
used, approximately 10 additional x-rays are possible
Mobile Dart Evolution, continued
after the low battery signal)
Additional Functions
• Alarm (an audible alarm for customer to set from Arm
Joint Assembly.)
• Notification Function (when it is time to replace a part,
the system displays a replacement request when the
key switch is turned ON.)

Display Part Description

U01 Battery Must be replaced every 2 years


U02 CPU Backup Must be replaced every 2 years
Battery
U03 Emergency Must be replaced every 2 years
Brake Release
Battery
U04 X-Ray tube Must be replaced every 30,000
unit exposures
U05 Motor Must be replaced every 7,500 km
(4660 mi) of travel

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 249 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Functional Overview
XCONT 2002 Board XCONT 2008 Board
• Detects and controls tube voltage (TKV) and tube • Controls the operations panel.
current (TMA) feedback
• Offers a variety of I/O’s.
• Controls charging
• Executes D/A and A/D conversion.
• Contains these circuits:
• Detects and controls:
– I/O circuit, A/D circuit, and D/A circuit to send data
- tube voltage.
to NEXSC board
- tube current (via filament heating).
– TKV OVER detection circuit (X-ray tube discharge
detection circuit) • Detects x-ray discharge.
– System timer circuit (X-ray cutoff signal) • Interfaces with all the boards.
– IGBT drive control circuit Evolution
– Filament heating FET drive control circuit • Initializing circuit for FPGA or MU DRIVER-07 board.
– Sheet panel display control circuit • Pulse count circuit (dose meter option)
– -15V detection circuit • Dose Calculation (option) circuit
– Power ON reset circuit (master reset signal) • Lighting hand switch circuit
– Interface circuit with each of the other boards • Speaker output
• MUX CAPACITOR Board Interface (controls capacitor
charging)

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 250 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Functional Overview, continued NEXSC CPU


Contains:
XCONT 2008 Board, continued
• EEPROM software (M14 and M17)
• Power-200D Interface (controls power supply for DR
system) • Memory: EPROM, SRAM, date and time
• 32kW H.V. Transformer Circuit MU-Driver 2
• Controls the DC motors.
• Detects the handle operation.
• Detects the bumper switch.
• Controls the arm catch area.
• Controls the electromagnetic locks.
• Detects the Stop switch.
• Detects the Emergency Brake Release switch.
MUX-Power 99
• Turns power on and off, and offers the automatic
power OFF function.
• Supplies the power from the batteries to each part.
• Performs change-over AC to DC of the DC pack input.
• Detects the battery voltage.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 251 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Functional Overview, continued


MUX-Charge 04A
• Detects the battery voltage and charging voltage
error.
• Controls the battery charging current, and detects
charging current error.
• Contains the inverter circuit for the starter and the
collimator lamp.
MUX Charge 04B
• Contains the inverter circuit for battery charging.
• Detects the battery charging current.
Inverter Unit – C1
• Contains the IGBT circuit and the filament heating
circuit.
• Controls the starter and detects stator coil current.
Power-100D
• Controls the power supply (ON/OFF) for DR system
(Canon FPD).

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 252 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

System Specifications
MUX 100D • Tube rotation around tube axis Forward: 90 deg.;
Backward: 20 deg.
Use environment
• Atmospheric pressure 700~1060hPa • Minimum distances between Focal Spot and lmage
Receptor 312mm
• Ambient temperature 10~35°C
Power supply
• Relative humidity 30~75%
For battery drive:
Common specifications
• Supply voltage Built-in battery
• Total width 580mm
• Battery type Shielded lead storage battery (12 vx20
• Total length 1250mm cells)
• Height of support stand 1930mm I 1780mm For battery charge
• Weight 394kg (with imaging unit) • Rating of power supply 1kVA
• Maximum running speed 5±0.5km/h (this may vary • Supply voltage Single phase AC 100, 110,
depending on the floor condition.) 120,200,220,230,240V
• Imaging unit storage 1 Imaging unit • Supply Impedance Single phase AC 100,110,120 V:
• Focus height 600~2010mm I 600~1860mm No more than 1.0

• Arm length 635~1200mm • Single phase AC 200,220,230,240 V: No more than


4.0 Q
• Support stand rotation range ±270 deg.
• Supply frequency 50/60Hz
• Tube rotation angle ±180 deg
• Earth resistance Earth terminal : No more than 100 
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 253 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

System Specifications, continued


MUX 100D, continued – The minimum value of the current time product
• Additional earth terminal: No more than 100  • 0.32mAs
• Power cable length 4m – The maximum value of the current time product
High Voltage Generator • 320mAs
• Nominal electric power – The minimum value of nominal irradiation time
– 12.5kW (100kV, 125mA, 0.1s) • 3.2ms
– The product of the current allowed to flow for 0.1 The current time product that can be set with the X-ray
seconds at a tube voltage of 100 kV and 125mA tube voltage for GR radiography:
• Ratings
kV mAs
– The nominal maximum tube voltage and the
maximum tube current allowed to flow at the 40 ~ 90 0.32 ~ 320
nominal maximum tube voltage 91 ~ 100 0.32 ~ 280
• 125kV, 100mA 101 ~ 110 0.32 ~ 250
– The maximum tube current and the maximum tube 111 ~ 120 0.32 ~ 220
voltage that allows the maximum tube current to 121 ~ 125 0.32 ~ 200
flow
• 160mA, 80kV
– The combination of the tube voltage and tube
current that output the maximum electrical power
• 125kV, 100mA 100kV, 125mA 80kV, 160mA Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 254 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

System Specifications, continued


MUX 100D, continued kV mAs
High Voltage Generator, continued 121 ~ 125 0.32 ~ 50
The current time product that can be set with the X-ray
tube voltage for FPD device radiography: The current time product that can be set with the X-ray
tube voltage for FPO device radiography at long-term
kV mAs imaging
40 ~ 60 0.32 ~ 160
kV mAs
61 ~ 80 0.32 ~ 125
40 ~ 65 0.32 ~ 320
81 ~ 100 0.32 ~ 100
66 ~ 80 0.32 ~ 280
101 ~ 125 0.32 ~ 80
81 ~ 85 0.32 ~ 250
The current time product that can be set with the X-ray 86 ~ 100 0.32 ~ 220
tube voltage for FPD device radiography (at low level 101 ~ 105 0.32 ~ 200
battery):
106 ~ 125 0.32 ~ 180
kV mAs

40 ~ 55 0.32 ~ 160
56 ~ 65 0.32 ~ 125
66 ~ 80 0.32 ~ 100
81 ~ 100 0.32 ~ 80
101 ~ 120 0.32 ~ 63
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 255 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

System Specifications, continued


MUX 100D, continued – X-ray tube voltage
High Voltage Generator, continued – Less than 10%
The current time product that can be set with the X-ray Radiographic Current Time
tube voltage for FPD device radiography at long-term Setting and display of radiographic current time product
imaging (at low level battery)
• Range of the setting:
kV mAs – 0.32, 0.36, 0.40, 0.45, 0.50, 0.56, 0.63, 0.71, 0.80.
40 ~ 65 0.32 ~ 320 – 0.90, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2. 1.4, 1.6. 1.8, 2.0, 2.2. 2.5, 2.8,
66 ~ 80 0.32 ~ 280
– 3.2. 3.6, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.6. 6.3, 7.1, 8.0, 9.0, 10,
81 ~ 100 0.32 ~ 220
– 11. 12. 14, 16, 18, 20, 22. 25, 28, 32, 36, 40,
101 ~ 120 0.32 ~ 180
– 45. 50, 56, 63, 71, 80. 90, 100, 110, 125, 140,
121 ~ 125 0.32 ~ 140
– 160, 180. 200, 220, 250, 280, 320mAs
Tube Voltage • Display:
Setting and display of tube voltage for exposure
– Digital display
• Range of the setting:
• Accuracy
– 40~125kV, in 1-kV increments
– X-ray tube current time product
• Display:
– Less than 10%+0.2mAs
– Digital display
• Accuracy
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 256 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

System Specifications, continued


MUX 100D, continued – Min. field
High Voltage Generator, continued • 0x 0mm (leaves overlapped)
• Anatomical program – Average illumination
– Up to 72 kinds of anatomical programs can be • > 160 Ix
stored.
– Contrast ratio of edge
– (72 kinds = 8 body parts x 3 orientations x 3 body
thickness) • >3

– The contents of anatomical program stored in • Light field


memory are: – Accuracy
• Exposure condition (kV, mAs) • 2% of SID
• Method of exposure – Display of center
Collimator • Cross lines
• Model Name
– Type of lamp
– R-20C
• Halogen lamp (12V, 100W), #55939
• Field
– Illuminating period
– Shape
• 30 seconds, with automatic tum-off time switch
• Rectangular
– Max. field
• 430 x 430 mm SID 1m Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 257 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

System Specifications, continued


MUX 100D, continued X-Ray Tube Assembly
Collimator, continued • Model Name
• Field size indication – 0.7U163CS-36
– SID indicated • Spot size
• 1, 1.5, 2 m – 0.7mm
– Dimensions indicated • Target angle
• 20(8), 23(9), 25(10), 28(11), 30(12), 36(14), – 16deg
43(17) cm (in.)
• Nominal X-ray tube voltage Radiography
– Accuracy of SID indication
– 125kV
• 5%
• X-ray tube assembly
• Drive of leaves: manual
– Max. Heat
• Mounting dimension (Focus to fit surface distance)
• 750kJ(1060kHU)
– 56 mm
– Max. Continuous heat dissipation rate
• External dimension (W x D x H)
• 120W(170HU/s)
– 202 x 211 x 200 mm

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 258 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

System Specifications, continued


MUX 100D, continued Battery
X-Ray Tube Assembly, continued • Type
• X-ray tube – Small sized value regulated lead-acid battery
– Max. Anode heat dissipation rate • Specification
• 212kJ(300kHU) – 12V
– Max. Anode heat dissipation rate • Quantity
• 800W(1130HU/s) – 20 pieces
– Max. Continuous heat dissipation rate
• 210W(300HU/s)
– Weight
• 13kg

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 259 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

System Specifications, continued


MUX 100D, continued Classification of the System
Minimum Specific Filtration • Method of protection against electric shock
• Total – Class I (only during charging)
– 2.5 mm Al 70 kV – Internal powered (during powered by internal
battery)
• X-ray tube assembly
• Degree of protection against electric shock
• Equivalent to 1.5 mm Al 70 kV
– Type-B
• Multi-leaf collimator
• Classification according to operation mode
– Equivalent to 1.0 mm Al 70 kV
– Continuous operation with intermittent load

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 260 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

System Specifications, continued


MUX 100D, continued
Evolution Differences KV ADJ-32K Board
• KV detection circuit (for 32vW HV Transformer)
Mobile Dart Mobile Dart Evolution
• Mounted on the XCONT-2008 board.
XCONT-2002 XCONT-2008
MUX CHARGE-04A MUX CHARGE-32K
MUX Charge-32K Board
MUX LC1B MUX LC1BF
• Detects:

MUX POWER-99 MUX POWER-32K – battery voltage.


MU DRIVER2 MU DRIVER07 – charged voltage error.
INVERTER UNIT-C1 INVERTER UNIT-32K – charging current error.
POWER-100D POWER-200D • Controls:
BUSEXTENDER not required – battery charging current.
KVADJ32K • Is the inverter circuit for the starter and collimator
Note This board is added for lamp.
tube voltage fine adjust-
ment. MUX Charge-04B Board
MUX CAPACITOR • Is the inverter circuit for battery charging.
Note This board is added to
charge the internal
• Detects the battery charging current.
capacitors. This helps
ramp the batteries to
32kW quickly.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 261 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

System Specifications, continued


MUX-LC1B Board • Detects the stator coil current.
• Noise filter for the power supply of the MUX Charge- MU Driver-07 Board
04B board.
• Controls:
MUX Power-32K Board – DC Motors.
• Turns the power ON and OFF.
– Arm catch area.
• Controls the automatic power OFF function.
– Electromagnetic lock.
• Supplies the power from the batteries to each part.
• Detects:
• Change over the AC and DC of the DC pack input.
– handle operation.
• Detects the battery voltage.
– Bumper switch.
MUX Capacitor Board – Stop Switch.
• Detects the capacitors charged voltage.
– Emergency Brake Release Switch.
• Controls changeover of the resistance for charging
the capacitors. • Self-diagnostic circuit for driving DC motors

• Discharge of the capacitors. NEX_SH Board


• CPU
Inverter Unit-32K Board
• Main inverter. Sheet Panel Board
• Inverter circuit for heating the filament. • Controls operation of X-ray high voltage generator.

• Controls the starter.


Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 262 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

System Specifications, continued


Power-200D Board
• Controls the DR System (CANON FPD) Power
Supply
• This board is mounted on the interlocking
assembly.
• RC Transmitter Board (Option)
• Controls send for remote control.
• RC Receiver Board
• Controls receive for remote control.
US MEAS-2002 Board (Optional)
• Controls distance measurement
Distance Meter Display Board (Optional)
• Controls display of distance
Dose Meter Display Board (Optional)
• Controls display of dose

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 263 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Canon System Specifications


CXDI-50G/C CXDI-55G/C
• 160um square pixels • Thinner and lighter version of the CXDI-50G/C
• 2688 x 2208 = 5.9 million pixels • 160um square pixels
• 43cm x 35cm (17”x 14”) • 2208 x 2688 = 6 million pixels
• 3 secs. from exposure to preview image • 35cm x 43cm (14”x 17”)
• PID = 5mm (from front cover to detector surface) • 3 secs. from exposure to preview image
• Weight Limit: 150Kg distributed evenly over the • PID = 4.5mm (from front cover to detector surface)
surface; 100Kg within a 4cm diameter area
• Software: CXDI V7.21 or higher
• Operating Environment: +5 to +35 degrees C
• Weight Limit: 150Kg distributed evenly over the
temperature, 30 to 75% humidity
surface, 100Kg within a 4cm diameter area
• Storage & Transport Environment: -30 to +50 degrees
• Operating Environment: +5 to +35 degrees C
C temperature, 10 to 60% humidity, 700 to 1060 hPa
temperature, 30 to 75% humidity, 700 to 1060 hPa
atmospheric pressure
• Storage & Transport Environment: -30 to +50 degrees
C temperature, 10 to 60% humidity, 700 to 1060 hPa
atmospheric pressure

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 264 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Canon System Specifications, continued


CXDI-55G/C, continued sensor must be registered on each PC.
• Power Supply: CXDI System II - purchased The CXDI software (starting with V7.0) automati-
separately cally detects the presence of the sensor, so a
restart is not required.
– Compatible with CXDI-60G/C sensors, as is the
cable connection Note Turn off the sensor power before detaching.
Make sure users know the proper disconnection
– Not interchangeable with the CXDI-50G/C or procedure.
CXDI-40EG/C version
Important! Do not open the sensor panel; this invalidates
• Sensor Cable: Only field-serviceable part the warranty.
– Two parts –detachment point is in the cable
– Compatible with CXDI-60G/C
• Remote Switch: Includes power and error indicator
LEDs
• Grid Frame Option: Carbon fiber with fiber interspace
for light weight
– 7:1 grid ratio with 140cm focal length
– 10:1 grid ratio with 140cm focal length
Note The 55G/C is detachable and interchangeable,
allowing one sensor to be shared between multi-
ple rooms.
Each room must have its own control PC. The
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 265 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Canon System Specifications, continued


CXDI 60G/C • Storage & Transport Environment
• 160um square pixels – -30 to +50 degrees C temperature
• 1464 x 1776 = 2.6 million pixels – 10 to 60% humidity
• 23cm x 28cm (9”x 11”) – 700 to 1060 hPa atmospheric pressure
• 3 secs. from exposure to preview image • Power Supply
• PID = 5.1mm (from front cover to detector surface) – CXDI System II - purchased separately
• Software – Not interchangeable with the CXDI-50G/C or
– G: CXDI V7.01 or higher CXDI-40EG/C version

– C: CXDI V7.21 or higher • Sensor Cable

• Weight Limit – Only field serviceable part.

– 150Kg distributed evenly over the surface – Two parts –detachment point is in the cable.

– 100Kg within a 4cm diameter area – Old (pre-Aug 2009) and new cable halves are not
interchangeable.
• Operating Environment
– Both halves can be changed to new style to be
– +5 to +35 degrees C temperature compatible.
– 30 to 75% humidity – New type connection is compatible with CXDI-55G/
– 700 to 1060 hPa C sensors

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 266 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Canon System Specifications, continued


CXDI 60G/C CXDI040G
• Remote Switch: Includes power and error indicator Designed to fit in place of the Bucky tray of a Liebel-
LEDs Flarscheim Bucky unit and others, such as Poersch
(used by Shimadzu),and Midwest and Progeny (used by
• Grid Frame Option
Quantum).
– Carbon fiber with fiber interspace for light weight
• 160um square pixels
– 7:1 grid ratio with 140cm focal length
• 2688 x 2688 = 7.2 million pixels
– 10:1 grid ratio with 140cm focal length
• 43cm x 43cm (17”x 17”)
Note The 60G/C is detachable and interchangeable,
• 3 secs. from exposure to preview image
allowing one sensor to be shared between multi-
ple rooms. • PID = 6.6mm (from front cover to detector surface)
Each room must have its own control PC. The
• Software
sensor must be registered on each PC.
– CXDI V7.11 or higher
The CXDI software (starting with V7.0) automatically
detects the presence of the sensor, so a restart is not • Weight Limit
required.
– 150Kg distributed evenly over the surface
Note Turn off the sensor power before detaching.
– 100Kg within a 4cm diameter area
Make sure users know the proper disconnection
procedure.
Important! Do not open the sensor panel; this invalidates
the warranty.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 267 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Canon System Specifications, continued


CXDI040G, continued Isolation sheets are provided; apply them to keep the
• Operating Environment sensor electrically isolated from the Bucky device.

– +10 to +35 degrees C temperature


– 30 to 75% humidity
– 700 to 1060 hPa
• Storage & Transport Environment
– -30 to +60 degrees C temperature
– 10 to 60% humidity
– 700 to 1060 hPa atmospheric pressure
• Power Supply
– CXDI System III - included
– Not interchangeable with other models
• Grid
– Existing grid must be centered and immobilized
– The grid must be 40 lines/cm spacing (or replace
it).
The existing photo-timer chamber can be used, but
check for noise introduced by the chamber.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 268 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Generator Capacity (Art/Dart)


Generator power: 12.5kW Power and Batteries
Max frequency: 60kHz Current batteries:
Tube voltage: 40-125kV (1kV steps) • Model: GS PX12090 (made in Taiwan)
Tube current: 50, 63, 80, 100, 125, & 160mA Battery Code: 5
mAs range: 0.32-320mAs (12.5% steps)
Maximum mAs:
• Cassette Mode: 320mAs
• FPD Mode: 125mAs

Battery specifications:
4 racks x 5 = 20
20 x 12V = 240V
+120V and -120V

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 269 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Generator Capacity (Art/Dart), continued


Power and Batteries, continued EMC2 Compliance: Key switch is OFF for charging
Battery Indicator During operation, it indicates the current battery voltage
During charging, it indicates current charge state, not level. At low battery levels, functions are limited, as listed
voltage level. in the following table:

Charge cord is connected

Charging has begun (lights up about 5


seconds after charge cord is connected)

Battery Indicator During Operation During Charging

Only moving the system is not applicable


possible.

Both moving and making not applicable


exposures are possible

Both moving and making


exposures are possible

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 270 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

High Voltage Line Structure for 32kW Type


Mobile Dart (12.5kW)

MUX Inverter Unit-C1 D125PCH1 High


Battery NFB
POWER-99 Board Board Voltage Trans.

Mobile Dart Evolution (32kW)

MUX Inverter Unit-32K D150MH40 High


Battery NFB
POWER-32K Board Board Voltage Trans.

Large-capacity
Capacitors

Note The Large-capacity Capacitors (connected to the mum electric power in a short time.
battery) in the Evolution, help get 32kW maxi- Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 271 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

High Voltage Line Structure for 32kW Type, continued


32kW Setting Range

Tube Current
Output from Capacitors
Output from Battery

12.5kW

Time

This graphic shows that the Mobile Dart and Mobile Dart
Evolution have the same output electric power (12.5kW)
when the radiographic condition is a long time and the
tube current is 160 mA or less. The difference is that the
Evolution can get 32kW maximum electric power in a
short time (20msec).

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 272 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

High Voltage Line Structure for 32kW Type, continued


Charging the Internal Capacitors
The system charges internal capacitors by interchanging
the connection of resistors R3 and R4 in Series or
Parallel.
For example:
1. R3 & R4 Connected Series
2. R3 & R4 Connected Series
3. R3 & R4 Connected Parallel

CAUTION Risk of Injury! Electrical charge remains


in the capacitors even after the key
switch is turned OFF.

4. R3 & R4 Disconnected Series


Discharging the Internal Capacitors
To discharge capacitors, perform the following actions.
1. Change the connection of the CN1/CN2 cable.
2. Turn the discharge switch.
Resistors R3 and R4 are connected.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 273 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

High Voltage Line Structure for 32kW Type, continued


X-Rays During Battery Charge (Evolution) the unit and battery but does not supply electric power to
the high voltage line for x-rays. The unit functions while
While plugged in, it is possible to turn the unit ON and
have the key switch OFF. This supplies electric power to charging but does not generate X-rays.

MUX Charge-04B MUX Power-32K


NFB T1 Trans MUX LC1BF Board Battery
Board Board

Battery
Charge

To DR Unit To Inverter Unit-32K

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 274 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

High Voltage Line Structure for 32kW Type, continued


X-Rays During Plug Connection (Art/DaRt)
While plugged in, it is possible to turn the unit ON and have the key switch OFF. This supplies electric power to the
unit and battery but does not supply electric power to the high voltage line for x-rays. The unit functions while
charging but does not generate X-rays.

NFB T1 Trans MUX Power-99 Board Battery

Battery
Charge
DC
Pack

To High Voltage Circuit


(Inverter, etc.)
To Self-voltage Circuit

X-Ray NG

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 275 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

High Voltage Line Structure for 32kW Type, continued


X-Rays During Plug Connection (EVO) high voltage line for x-rays. In this case, we must adjust
the high voltage circuit (IGBT Gate Pulse Adjustment)
While plugged in, it is possible to turn the unit ON and
have the key switch ON. This supplies electric power to or measurement equipment will burn.
the unit and battery and supplies electric power to the

Relay ON
NFB T1 Trans MUX Power-32K Board Battery

Battery
Charge
MUX LC1BF DC
Board Pack

To High Voltage Circuit


(Inverter, etc.)
To Self-voltage Circuit
To DR Unit
X-Ray OK

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 276 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Anatomical Programs
When selecting the anatomical programmed radiography Table of APRs
numbers (APRs), there are: The following table depicts the relationship between the
• 8 techniques x 3 views x 3 thicknesses = 72 APR anatomical code and the exposure mode key of the DR
possibilities system as well as the anatomical program number of
MUX (APR number).
Registration of APR is recorded with the Key button on
the X-ray control keypad. Please refer to the Canon manual for the registration
method of the exposure mode key of the DR system.

APR Filming Filming Body Thickness Default Default


Number Region Orientation Correction kV mAs
1 HEAD FLONT (AP) THIN 64 14
2 HEAD FLONT (AP) NORMAL 64 14
3 HEAD FLONT (AP) OBESE 66 16
4 HEAD SIDE (LATERAL) THIN 56 14
5 HEAD SIDE (LATERAL) NORMAL 58 14
6 HEAD SIDE (LATERAL) OBESE 61 14
7 HEAD OBLIQUE THIN 56 18
8 HEAD OBLIQUE NORMAL 59 18
9 HEAD OBLIQUE OBESE 62 18
10 CHEST FLONT (AP) THIN 79 2.8
11 CHEST FLONT (AP) NORMAL 79 3.2

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 277 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

APR Filming Filming Body Thickness Default Default


Number Region Orientation Correction kV mAs
12 CHEST FLONT (AP) OBESE 82 3.2
13 CHEST SIDE (LATERAL) THIN 88 3.2
14 CHEST SIDE (LATERAL) NORMAL 91 3.6
15 CHEST SIDE (LATERAL) OBESE 95 4
16 CHEST OBLIQUE THIN 87 3.2
178 CHEST OBLIQUE NORMAL 90 3.2
18 CHEST OBLIQUE OBESE 93 3.2
19 ABDOMEN FLONT (AP) THIN 74 56
20 ABDOMEN FLONT (AP) NORMAL 77 63
21 ABDOMEN FLONT (AP) OBESE 80 71
22 ABDOMEN SIDE (LATERAL) THIN 86 63
23 ABDOMEN SIDE (LATERAL) NORMAL 90 63
24 ABDOMEN SIDE (LATERAL) OBESE 95 63
25 ABDOMEN OBLIQUE THIN 78 80
26 ABDOMEN OBLIQUE NORMAL 83 90
27 ABDOMEN OBLIQUE OBESE 89 100
28 WAIST FLONT (AP) THIN 68 22
29 WAIST FLONT (AP) NORMAL 68 25
30 WAIST FLONT (AP) OBESE 71 25

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 278 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

APR Filming Filming Body Thickness Default Default


Number Region Orientation Correction kV mAs
31 WAIST SIDE (LATERAL) THIN 82 22
32 WAIST SIDE (LATERAL) NORMAL 84 25
33 WAIST SIDE (LATERAL) OBESE 86 28
34 WAIST OBLIQUE THIN 71 22
35 WAIST OBLIQUE NORMAL 74 25
36 WAIST OBLIQUE OBESE 76 28
37 LEG FLONT (AP) THIN 63 7.1
38 LEG FLONT (AP) NORMAL 63 8
39 LEG FLONT (AP) OBESE 66 8
40 LEG SIDE (LATERAL) THIN 65 7.1
41 LEG SIDE (LATERAL) NORMAL 68 7.1
42 LEG SIDE (LATERAL) OBESE 71 7.1
43 LEG OBLIQUE THIN 65 8
44 LEG OBLIQUE NORMAL 65 9
45 LEG OBLIQUE OBESE 65 10
46 FOOT FLONT (AP) THIN 58 2.2
47 FOOT FLONT (AP) NORMAL 58 2.2
48 FOOT FLONT (AP) OBESE 61 2.5
49 FOOT SIDE (LATERAL) THIN 57 2

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 279 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

APR Filming Filming Body Thickness Default Default


Number Region Orientation Correction kV mAs
50 FOOT SIDE (LATERAL) NORMAL 58 2
51 FOOT SIDE (LATERAL) OBESE 61 2
52 FOOT OBLIQUE THIN 55 2.5
53 FOOT OBLIQUE NORMAL 58 2.5
54 FOOT OBLIQUE OBESE 61 2.8
55 ARM FLONT (AP) THIN 58 2.8
56 ARM FLONT (AP) NORMAL 58 3.2
57 ARM FLONT (AP) OBESE 61 3.2
58 ARM SIDE (LATERAL) THIN 61 2.8
59 ARM SIDE (LATERAL) NORMAL 63 3.2
60 ARM SIDE (LATERAL) OBESE 65 3.6
61 ARM OBLIQUE THIN 60 3.2
62 ARM OBLIQUE NORMAL 60 3.6
63 ARM OBLIQUE OBESE 60 4
64 HAND FLONT (AP) THIN 53 0.9
65 HAND FLONT (AP) NORMAL 53 1
66 HAND FLONT (AP) OBESE 56 1
67 HAND SIDE (LATERAL) THIN 56 0.9
68 HAND SIDE (LATERAL) NORMAL 58 0.9

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 280 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

APR Filming Filming Body Thickness Default Default


Number Region Orientation Correction kV mAs
69 HAND SIDE (LATERAL) OBESE 60 0.9
70 HAND OBLIQUE THIN 56 1
71 HAND OBLIQUE NORMAL 57 1
72 HAND OBLIQUE OBESE 57 1.1

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 281 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Canon 50G/C Panel


Effective Filming Range = 353 x 430mm (14 x 17in) Local Storage Locations [D:CCR\...]
Effective number of pixels = 2208 x 2688 dttmp – acquired image until study ended
Pixel pitch = 160µm x 160µm dtque – once study ended until sent
Fluorescent substance dtstore – local storage location
• 50G: Gadolinium Oxysulfide (GOS) dtque_x – image misplaced because of a system error
• 50C: Cesium Iodide (CsI) dtquechk – computer turned off in a process
Transfer method: Ethernet Status Indicators
Imaging Unit Mass = 5.7 - 5.8kg There are three LEDs on the sensor unit.

Imaging restriction = >49C


Dose Requirements
50G-similar to a 200 or 400 film screen combination
50C-Similar to a 400 or 800 film screen combination
Image files
~14Mb per image
300 x 300 thumbnail in 3s
High resolution image in 6-7s
15s between exposures

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 282 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

CXDI-50G/C Reliability Tips


Handle:
• Make sure the screws in the handle are not loose.
• Do not pry the panel out from under the patient.
• Use the Teflon coated bags to prevent the need to pry
it out from under the patient.
Cable:
• Make sure the handle is accessible in the storage slot.
• Make sure the cable drape does not cause breakage
points or pull wire through the jacket
• Use the Teflon coated bags to reduce pulling on the
cable.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 283 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Evolution Circuits
Inverter Circuit For Starter and Lamp The relay K2 changes over the destination of the inverter
Related board output between the starter and the lamp.

• MUX CHARGE-32K board LAMPON = Inverter operation ON signal.


STON = Relay K2 changeover signal.
• INVERTER UNIT-32K board
Note Although the control signals LAMPON and STON
• Transformer T3 are sent from the XCONT board, the names do
Note For the starter and the lamp, a common inverter not correspond to the actual contents.
(70 Hz) is mounted on the MUX Charge-32K While the starter is operating, the LAMPON signal is ON
board. and the STON signal is OFF. While the lamp is lit, the
Input Voltage: LAMPON signal is ON and the STON signal is ON.

• Battery voltage (approximately 240V) A simplified explanation of the inverter operation is this:

Pulse Width: • The basic frequency of 140 Hz is generated at CP16


on the MUX CHARGE-32K board.
• Adjusted and converted into the AC with a duty ratio
appropriate to the starter and the lamp • The M24 forms the frequency into the pulse width
appropriate to the starter and the lamp. Because the
Pulse Width (Starter) frequency is as low as approximately 100 Hz, it
• Adjusted by VR2 cannot go through the pulse transformer which is
isolated from the FET.
Pulse Width (Lamp)
• To handle this, the frequency of 50 Hz is added, and
• Adjusted by VR1 on the MUX CHARGE-32K board. the basic frequency is converted into a waveform
which can go through the pulse transformer.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 284 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Evolution Circuits, continued


Inverter Circuit For Starter and Lamp, Because a part of the current detection unit is mounted, it
continued is required to confirm adjustment of the FVR value
Since the inverter output is as high as 240V and not (preset value of filament current) if the entire INVERTER
board is replaced due to replacement of the IGBT.
appropriate to be supplied to the lamp, it is reduced to a
proper voltage by the transformer T3. Starter Circuit
Related board The starter power is turned on/off by the inverter on the
MUX CHARGE-32K board.
• INVERTER UNIT-32K board
The starter circuit on INVERTER UNIT-32K board
Main Inverter Unit detects the stator coil current and inserts a phase
This inverter unit generates high voltage, and is advancing capacitor.
equipped with the IGBT and the gate drive circuit.
In case of MUX-100D/100H or Mobile DaRt Evolution,
The gate drive signal comes from the XCONT board. which use MUX CHARGE-99/-04A or -32K board, if the
DIP switch SW1-1 on INVERTER UNIT board is ON, the
Filament Heating Inverter Unit
STON signal may not be able to turn ON due to the
This inverter unit heats the filament and is equipped with interference with the SSR Q10.
the FET and the gate drive circuit.
Therefore, SW1-1 should be set to OFF (MUX side).
The gate drive signal comes from the XCONT board.
Besides the inverter, a part of the primary current
detection unit is mounted also. (The current transformer
CT1, etc.)
Focus size (Large/Small) is selected by the relay K1.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 285 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Evolution Circuits, continued


Power ON/OFF Circuit for DR System ON Operation of DR System
Related board When the switch DR is pressed:
• Power 200D board 1. The operation signal is input to PC1C through the
connector JSW of Power 200D board.
• DR ASSY
2. M1A generates a high level pulse for 2 seconds.
• XCONT 2008 board
3. There is no input signal from the connector JUSB
Power Supply for Power 200D board because PC is not ON for this moment.
When XCONT board is working, DC24V input power
4. As a result, M5A becomes high level for 2
supply is available from XCONT board to Power 200D
board via the connector JPWD. seconds.

DC5V is obtained as output of the regulator M9 from 5. M5B(6) also becomes high level if the signal PC-
PERMIT comes from XCONT-2008 via the
DC24V.
connector JPWD. The signal PC-PERMIT is
Power 200D board starts function with this DC5V power available when the key switch is turned on and the
supply. password is entered with the key-less entry option.
DC24V is used for the power supply of the relays, etc. 6. As a result, the output of M2A also becomes high
level for 6 seconds. This signal is sent to M7(1)~(4),
then the relays K1, K2, K3 and LED5 turn ON.
7. As K1 turns ON, the relays K21 of DR ASSY also
turn ON. (K21 is connected to the connector JDCP.)

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 286 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Evolution Circuits, continued


Power ON/OFF Circuit for DR system, 15. If PC becomes ON within 6 seconds after the switch
continued DR is pressed, DC5V is supplied from USB port of
PC via the connector JUSB, then M6B(6) becomes
ON Operation of DR system, continued
high level.
8. As a result, the battery voltage is supplied to PS11
(DC 12V power supply for LCD) and PS12 (DC24V 16. As a result, the input to M7(1)~(4) is still at high level
power supply for PC and DC/AC converter for CXDI- even after M2A(13) (M6B(5)) returns to low level.
50 Power Box), then DC24V output of PS12 is The power of the DR system is kept at ON condition.
supplied to PS13 (AC100V for DC/AC converter), 17. If the key switch is set to OFF, DC24V is no longer
then AC100V is supplied to POWER BOX of CXDI- supplied from the XCONT-2008 board.
50 and the power of the DR system becomes ON.
18. However, DC24V still exists as the output of DC
9. At the same time, M8 generates DC24V since the power supply M8 because the batteries are
battery voltage is supplied via the connector J240. connected via the connector J240.
10. In addition, the fan, which is located near from PC 19. DC5V also still exists as the output of the regulator
and is connected to JFN, starts working by the relay M9.
K4.
20. Therefore, Power 200D board can continue working.
11. As K2 turns ON, the contact of K2 is closed, and this
signal is sent to XCONT-2008 board as the signal 21. While in an ON condition, the DR system can remain
PC_RUN via the connector JPWD. ON even if the key switch is set to OFF.

12. Finally, this signal reaches to NEX-SH board, then


the CPU can recognize that the DR system is ON.
13. As K3 turns ON, LED in the switch DR lights ON.
14. LED5 on Power 200D board lights ON. Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 287 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Evolution Circuits, continued


Power ON/OFF Circuit for DR System, Function When the Power Plug is Connected
continued When the power plug is connected:
OFF Operation of the DR System 1. The signal LVON is sent to XCONT-2008 board via
When PC is shut down by SHUT DOWN operation from MUX POWER-32K and MUX CHARGE-32K board.
DR system:
2. This signal is also sent to POWER-200D via the
1. DC5V from USB port of PC disappears. connector JPWD. When the power plug is
connected, M7(5) becomes high level and the relay
2. M6B(6) becomes low level and the input signal to
K6 turns on.
M7(1)~(4) becomes low level.
3. Finally, the relay K22, which is connected to
3. As a result, all of K1, K2, K3 on Power 200D board
POWER-200D via the connector JAC, turns on.
and also K21 on DR ASSY turn OFF, and then the
power supply for the DR system is shut down. Then, the power supply for the DR system is
changed from the battery to AC180V, which is
4. At the same time, the power supply to J240 also transformed by T4 transformer from AC125V output
disappears, and then Power 200D board stops of T1 transformer.
working.
4. K22 turns on 2 seconds after connection of the
power plug because there is the delay circuit by M1B
and M5D on POWER-200D board. This avoids the
unstable action of the relay K22 due to any
chattering when the power plug is connected.
5. However, K22 turns off immediately after the power
plug is disconnected.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 288 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

X-Ray Generator Interface


Two signals are required: There is a 300ms propagation delay through the CXDI
starting from the incoming exposure request to the
1. Exposure request from generator to CXDI
outgoing exposure grant signal (if CXDI is in Ready
Expecting dry contact closure to activate an opto- state).
isolator.
After the exposure request signal is released, the system
2. Exposure grant from CXDI to generator will read the sensor (up to 1000ms exposure time).
Output is contacts of a solid state relay If the exposure request signal does not negate within
1100ms, then the system will proceed to read the sensor
Using an Existing Bucky Interface anyway.
The Bucky start request signal from the generator
becomes the request to CXDI. The default maximum exposure time of 1000ms can be
overridden for individual exposure modes up to 3000ms
The Bucky ready signal input becomes the exposure maximum.
grant from the CXDI.
Exposure time (ms) in the Bodypart settings must be set
Be careful of Bucky start signals that are actually greater than the exposure time (from 1000 to 3000ms).
applying 120VAC power to energize the Bucky (includes
L-F Buckys).
You may need to install a relay. Failure to do so will
require replacement of the X-ray I/F board.
The exposure request must come after the second
position of the handswitch (not on Prep).
Exposure must be interlocked (exposure should not be
possible without CXDI being ready).

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 289 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

CXDI Image Files


All images are stored in DICOM format, without post- Likewise, the exams will only show up in the Study List or
processing. Only uniformity correction is applied (gain, the Process Viewer, not both.
offset, and defective pixel correction).
The file named queue.dat is the index of the dtstore and
The files are stored in D:\CCR in three folders: dtque folders.
In dtstore, queue.dat creates the Study List for the OPU.
Folder Description
In dtque, queue.dat creates the Process Viewer list for
dttmp Contains images from the current exam.
the OPU.
When End Study is pressed, the images are moved
to dtque folder. CXDI Image File Notes
dtque Contains images waiting for DICOM transfer (Print In a normal stand-by state with no pending activity (no
and Store). current exam, no images waiting for DICOM transfer),
When DICOM transmit is complete, the images are these folders should be empty: dttmp and dtque.
moved to the dtstore folder.
At startup, if there are any image files in dttmp, a warning
The exams in this folder are listed in the Process
Viewer window. message will appear. Always answer OK to this prompt.
dtstore Contains images listed in the Study List of prior There are two exception folders in case of any
exams. irregularity: dtque_X and dtquechk. An error message
This folder consumes most of the hard drive once the will appear directing the user to call service. These
system is in regular use. folders are normally empty.
Images are automatically deleted as space is needed Any of the dtxxxx folders can be deleted from the CCR
(oldest exams first).
folder. The system will create a new folder when re-
started.
Images will only be in one folder at a time
If dtstore is deleted, all images in the Study List will be
gone.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 290 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Control Computers: FC-24VE and FC-E21A


Specifications

Component Specification

CPU FC-24VE = 2.4 GHz Pentium 4


FC-E21A = 2.16 GHz Core2Duo
RAM 512MB
Hard Drive 80GB Ultra ATA (EIDE)
Floppy Drive
CD-ROM Drive
Serial Ports Two RS232 on motherboard
Video adapter on FC-24VEE = One video channel with
motherboard two connections (VGA & DVI
connections)
FC-E21A = Dual video output
channels (VGA & DVI connections)
Ethernet adapters Two: 100Mbit and 1000Mbit
Three compact PCI expansion slots
Also available as mirroring RAID with 2 hard drives

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 291 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

High Resolution Monitor Option


The system supports the display of high-resolution image
on another monitor.
The optional monitor replaces MAG mode (now HR
mode).
CXDI-C3 includes support from dual head video card.
FC-E21A includes dual video on the motherboard.
FC-24VE requires the installation of a video adapter
card.
The monitor must be PCI and compact.
It should be dual output (not single with two connectors).
Recommended model:
MatroxMillennium G450 (DVI + DSUB15 32MB PCI)
Max resolution for this model is:2048x1536 analog and
1280x1024 digital.
Higher resolution monitors will specify a specific adapter.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 292 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

CXDI-50G/C Grid Option


A clamp-on grid for CXDI-50G/C is available as an When the CXDI-50G/C is installed in a cassette holder/
option. tray with a grid, this needs a magnet to activate the
switch also.
Specifications:
10:1, 180cm focus, 40 lines/cm
8:1, 110cm focus, 40 lines/cm
6:1, 110cm focus, 40 lines/cm
4:1, 110cm focus, 40 lines/cm
A “Grid Present” switch in the sensor is activated by a
magnet in the grid frame.
“Grid Present” is indicated in the READY box on
acquisition screen.
Grid suppression is not applied unless this switch is
activated (and grid suppression is turned on in the
Bodypart program).

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 293 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Boot Sequence
Power ON board and the MUX CHARGE-32K board to turn ON
Related board the relay K4.

• MUX POWER-32K board 7. As a result, the relay K7 turns ON, the route through
the soft-start resistors R1 and R2 in the control unit is
When the key switch is set to ON: short-circuited, and sufficient load current can flow.
1. All three contacts of the key switch are closed. 8. When the MGRS signal is output, the system is
This means that all of three contacts of the connector ready for operation of the drive DC motors or locking
JKEY on MUX POWER-32K board are closed. release of the arm.

2. The battery voltage 240 VDC is input to PS1 on MUX Normal State: The ON status of the key switch (the
POWER board, and 12V is output. KEYSW signal) is transmitted to the XCONT board via
the MUX CHARGE-32K board, then it is recognized by
3. The latch relay K9 turns ON, and the relay K6 turns CPU due to the KEYSW1 line and the KEWSW2 line
ON. being short-circuited.
4. As a result, the power is supplied to each part via the Error Condition: In case the CPU doesn't recognize the
current restraining resistors R1 and R2 (150Ω) in the ON status of the key switch due to the defective contacts
control unit and the connector JRS. of the key switch etc., the indicator for Stand By condition
5. Because the power is supplied to the DC pack PS1 will not light up, and X-ray exposure operation will not be
and PS2 through the connector JDC, 5V, 15V and possible.
24V are output and the control board powers on.
6. After checking and writing of FPGA by the NEX-SH
(CPU), board boot is complete (in approximately 5
seconds), the MGRS signal is sent to the XCONT
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 294 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Boot Sequence, continued


CXDI Power On Power OFF
Power to Ethernet connected sensors is not controlled by Related board: MUX POWER-32K board
the PC hardware or software.
When the key switch is set to OFF, the relay K7 turns off
Power for the older sensors (those using the Multibox) is first. Though the input to the PS1 in the DC pack stops,
switched by the control PC by a signal through the the output remains for a while. Accordingly, the relay K6
following path: Capture Board >Multibox >Composite turns off after a while. By this operation, the power
Cable >Sensor >Sensor Power Cable >Sensor Power supplied through the resistors R1 and R2 remains for a
Supply while because excessive load is applied on contacts if all
contacts are opened at the same time.
Prior to V7.0 software, the system software does not
recognize a sensor panel: Auto Power OFF Operation
• That is not powered ON and able to communicate In the Power ON status, the CPU outputs the AUTOOFF
when the application starts. signal through XCONT and MUX CHARGE-32K boards
to set the relay K5 to ON. As a result, the latch relay K9
• That loses power or connection or communication at turns OFF, the relays K6 and K7 turn OFF, the power
any time while the application is running.
supplied to the DC pack stops, then the system stops.
The Power Box for CXDI-40EG/C & 50G/C is the same
In this status, PS1 on MUX POWER-32K board is
(except for labeling).
continuing to operate.
Remote switching of the Power Box is possible, but the
As a result, if the system is left in the auto power OFF
switch is only provided with the CXDI-50G/C and CXDI- status, the batteries will continue to be drained due to the
60G.
fine discharge current.
The CXDI control software will not recover from lost
communication with a sensor until the application is re-
started.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 295 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Boot Sequence, continued


AC to DC with Unit Plugged In the power plug is connected. Namely, when the key
When the power plug is connected: switch is turned on, the DC12V output of PS1 is
available and the relays K6 and K7 turn on, so
1. The 100V output (100E-0E) of the transformer T1 is exposure is possible.
input to the MUX POWER-32K via the connector
JT1C. 7. When the key switch is turned off, the relay K6 and
K7 turn off and any loads are disconnected from the
2. The relay K1 turns ON, and the power supply line to battery and charging of the battery becomes
the DC pack is changed over from the battery power possible.
to the 100 VAC.
Normal State: In case of MUX POWER-99 board of
3. 100 VAC is supplied to the DC pack; 5V, 15V and MUX-100 series, the relay K3 turns on together with K1
24V are output from the DC pack; and the control and the connection to the coil of the relay K6 and K7 is
board starts to operate. cut. Therefore, when the power plug is connected, any
4. At the same time, the relay K3 turns ON. loads are disconnected from the battery and exposure
becomes impossible.
5. When the relay K3 turns ON, the ACON1 and the
ACON2 are short-circuited, connection of the power
plug is transmitted (as the LVON signal) to the
XCONT board via the MUX CHARGE-32K board,
then the CPU recognizes connection of the power
plug.
6. Another contact of the relay K3 is short-circuited by
the pattern on the MUX POWER-32K board, so the
power is still connected to the coil of the relay K6 and
K7. That’s why exposure is still possible even when
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 296 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Boot Sequence, continued


CXDI Exit and Shutdown
Access this screen from the Acquisition Screen by
pressing System.
Note The demo software has two extra buttons. These
are not in the standard software.
• EXIT OPU closes the graphical interface window –do
not use this.
• EXIT OPU & CCR closes both applications: graphical
window and text screen (CCR).
• SHUTDOWN closes all software including Windows
and powers off the PC.
• SHUTDOWN AFTER TRANS does the same as
SHUTDOWN, but waits until DICOM transfers are
complete.
• CXDI RESTART logs off, causing the system to
automatically log back in and launch the CXDI
application again.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 297 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Battery
Detection of Battery Voltage approximately “3V/100V”. For example, when the
Related boards: actual battery voltage is 120V, the detection value at
CP10 or CP11 is about 3.6V.
• MUX POWER-32K board
3. Finally, the “120+” and “120-” signals are sent as the
• MUX CHARGE-32K board VP1 and the VP2 to the XCONT board.
Twenty batteries are connected in series, 10 batteries on 4. The“120+” and “120-” signals are checked for the
the plus side and 10 batteries on the minus side. error Charged Voltage Over by the operation of
The middle point is connected to the chassis via resistors amplifier A8. The threshold is 4.67V.
of several M (on the MUX POWER-32K and MUX 5. It is equal to 156V (= 4.67X100/3) as the actual
CHARGE-32K board). battery voltage (on both plus and minus sides).
The terminals on the MUX POWER-32K board are: 6. The detection result is sent as the error signal
• Battery plus side: TER1 [B120+] CHBR2 to the XCONT board, then CHON signal
turns off and battery charging stops. This signal
• Battery middle point: TER5 [B0] CHBR2 causes the error message F5b.
• Battery minus side: TER2 [B120-] 7. As explained above, F5b is detected by hardware.
1. The values at the terminals above are converted into There are similar error messages F51 and F53,
the battery voltage detection value (“120+” signal at which are detected by software.
CP10 and “120-” signal at CP11) on the MUX
CHARGE-32K board via the resistors R8 to R11
(10M) and the connector JBV1.
2. The relationship between the actual battery voltage
and the detected value (“120+” and “120-” signals) is
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 298 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Battery, continued
Charging Circuit for Batteries charging current IC1 (CP9:1V/1A) with the preset
Related board charging current PIC (CP25:1V/1A).

• MUX POWER-32K board 6. The measured charging current is detected by the


current transformer CT1 on the MUX CHARGE-04B
• MUX CHARGE-32K/04B board board.
When the power plug is connected: 7. The preset charging current PIC is controlled,
1. The 125V (125F-0F) output of the transformer T1 is depending on the current charged voltage of the
input to the connector JT1A on the MUX CHARGE- battery, as shown here:
04B board via MUX-LC1BF board. In addition, there are two kinds of switching
2. The 125V output is rectified and charged on the frequencies of the inverter for battery charging,
capacitor C6; then this charged voltage on C6 (about depending on the preset charging current PIC:
177±20V) is connected to the inverter circuit on the
Frequency of the inverter for
MUX CHARGE-04B board. PIC
battery charging
3. The output of this inverter circuit is connected to the
2.0A
battery via the connector JSC3 on the MUX 13kHz
POWER-32K board. 1.0A

4. This inverter circuit on the MUX CHARGE-04B board 0.5A (beginning of charging)
is controlled by the driving signal Q14C/Q23C from 0.4A 2kHz
MUX POWER-32K board via the connector JCH3.
0.18A
5. The MUX CHARGE-32K board controls the inverter
by PWM method while comparing the measured

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 299 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Battery, continued
Charging Circuit for Batteries, continued The green LED LD1 on MUX CHARGE-32K will light up
8. The signal CHON from the XCONT board is required when CHON is available.
to start control of the inverter for battery charging. Charging Current Overview
9. When the key switch is set to OFF, CHON and PIC When the measured charging current exceeds
will be available about 10 seconds after the power approximately 3.2A, the error Charging Current Over is
plug is connected, regardless of the current battery detected by the operation amplifier A5B.
charged voltage.
The detection result is sent as the error signal CHBR1 to
10. For the MUX-100D series, when the DR system is the XCONT board, then CHON signal turns off and
ON, battery charging is disabled because the power battery charging stops.
for the DR system is also supplied from the batteries.
The error message F5a appears.
11. With the MobileDaRt Evolution, the power for the DR
system is supplied from the 125V output of the T1
transformer when the power plug is connected.
Therefore, battery charging is possible even under
an ON condition of the DR system if the key switch is
OFF.
Note During battery charging under ON condition of
the DR system, power for both the DR system
and battery charging is supplied from the 125V
output of the T1 transformer. So, the preset
charging current PIC at Step 1 is decreased to
about 1.3A, where it is normally 2.0A.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 300 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Capacitors (150Ω) and R4 (150Ω), which are connected to CN2


on MUX CAPACITOR board in series (300Ω).
Charging Circuit 5. The charged voltage of the capacitors comes into
Related board this board via the connector CN7, then it goes to
• MUX CAPACITOR board MUX CHARGE-32K board via the connector JVC
through 10MΩ resistances. On MUX CHARGE-32K
After the key switch is turned on and the relay K7 on board, the charged voltage of the capacitors from
MUX POWER-32K: JVC and + side of the battery voltage are switched
1. board turns on by MGRS signal, DC12V comes into by the signal CHK60 from XCONT-2008, then they
MUX CAPACITOR board from MUX POWER-32K are sent to XCONT-2008 board as the analog signal
board via the connector CN3 and the relay contact VP1.
K7B turns on. 6. When the charged voltage of the capacitors reaches
Note Another contact K7C is currently not used.) about 170V about 30-60 seconds after charging
starts, the signal K2ON comes from XCONT-2008
2. In addition, DC24V comes into this board via the board via the pin No.4 of the connector JCAP and
connector J24C. This DC24V is the power supply for the relay K6 turns on. Then, the relay K2 turns on. As
controlling this board and the external relay K3, a result, connection of R3 (150Ω) and R4 (150Ω) to
which is connected to CN7. CN2 on MUX CAPACITOR board is changed from
3. Each of the signals for starting charging of the series to parallel (75Ω).
capacitors comes from XCONT-2008 board via the 7. When the charged voltage of the capacitors reaches
connector JCAP about 10 seconds after the MGRS about 200V about 10-30 seconds after the relay K2
signal is generated. turns on, the signal VCOK is generated by A12B and
4. At first, the signal K1ON comes via the pin No.5 of M8B on MUX CHARGE-32K board, and it is sent to
JCAP. The signal K1ON turns on the relay K5, then XCONT-2008 and MUX CAPACITOR board.
the relay K1 turns on. DC240V of the batteries is
charged to the capacitors via the resistances R3 Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 301 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Theory DOC1829214

Capacitors, continued
Charging Circuit, continued Discharging
8. MUX CAPACITOR board receives this signal VCOK To discharge the capacitors:
via the connector JCAP, then the relay K3 on this
1. Change the connection of the cable CN1/CN2 from
board turns on.
CN2 to CN1.
9. When READY operation is performed, the signal
LD1 on MUX CAPACITOR board lights up when
K3ON comes into this board from XCONT-2008
there is charged voltage remaining.
board via the connector JCAP, then the relay K4
turns on. Then, the external relay K3, which is The charged voltage is discharged via resistors R3
connected to CN7, turns on. (150Ω) and R4 (150Ω), which are currently
connected to CN1 on MUX CAPACITOR board in
10. As a result, the batteries and capacitors are directly
series (300Ω) when the discharging switch on CN5 is
connected without resistances and exposure
operated.
becomes possible.
When connector CN2 is OPEN, the capacitors
11. This signal K3ON turns off about 5 seconds after
cannot be charged because the resistances R3 /R4
exposure or 30 seconds after READY operation is
for charging and the coil of the external relay K3 is
canceled without performing exposure.
currently not connected to the charging circuit.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 302 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

TROUBLESHOOTING
Safety F21 (MA OVER) and F22 (MA UNDER)
LOTO F23 (NO MA)
Component Replacement F31 (IF OVER) and F32 (IF UNDER)
NEXSC board F33 (NO IF)
X-CONT 2002 board F41, F42, F43, F44, F45, F46
Inverter Unit C1 board F51, F52, F53, F54, F55, F56, F5b
MUX-Charge board F5a, F5E, F5F
MUX-Power board F5c
MU Driver board F61
CXDI-50G/C Cable Replacement F62
F6d
F6E
Error Message Resolution (Evolution)
F6F
H1 and H2
D0
H4
D1
F01
D2
F02
D3
F03
D4 - D11
F11 (KV OVER)
D12
F12 (KV UNDER)
D13
F13 (NO KV)
D14
F14 (KV BRAKE - tube arc, inverter short)
D15
F15 (KV UNDER)
F16 (KV UNDER)
F1A (NO KV ADJ board)
F1B (WRONG KV ADJ board) Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 303 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Troubleshooting, continued
Image Noise
DICOM Troubleshooting
PACS Presentation Issues
Unknown Sensor IP Address
Control Computers
FC-E21A Hardware/Repair

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 304 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Safety
Service engineers must be aware of important safety
precautions in order to conduct safe system repair and
maintenance. GE Healthcare insists on safety first for
you, the clinician, and the equipment. Engineers must
abide by hospital safety regulations, respect the inherent
dangers, and do everything possible to minimize and
prevent injury.
For more information, see the Environment, Health and
Safety support central site.
LOTO
Important! There are twenty 12-volt batteries in the Art/
Dart/Evo.
All energy sources for equipment on which work will be
performed and on which injury could occur due to
unexpected energization, startup, or release of stored
energy shall be deactivated. This includes opening
electrical circuits, closing and bleeding pressurized
hydraulics and pneumatics, blocking springs or
counterweights, discharging capacitors, etc.
There is a legitimate safety concern for personnel who
service, repair, set-up, and train medical equipment.
Defeating a locked and tagged piece of equipment is
prohibited.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 305 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Component Replacement
NEXSC board 7.5 +/-0.1us at CP33 [A/D] adjusted by
1. Initialize the board: VR3[PULSEADJ].

a. Turn on SW2:8 and SW3:1 and cycle the power. 3. During exposure, confirm the fine adjustment of the
inverter pulse width:
b. Wait about 40 seconds until the process is 7.8-8.0us at 5V at CP[Ga], CP[Ea] and CP[Gb],
complete. CP[Eb].
c. Return the DIP switches to their normal state and 4. Confirm the mAs circuit:
the cycle the power. 5kHz/V between CP28 [MASCLK] and CP30,
respectively, adjusted by VR1 [mAs].
2. Restore SRAM data:
a. User settings Inverter Unit C1 board
1. In adjustment mode, verify FVR.
b. Battery code
2. With an oscilloscope, confirm TkV.
c. FVR calibration
3. Verify the DIP switch settings:
d. Battery detection circuit calibration
SW1:1 OFF for MUX-100, 100H, and 100D
e. Reset date and time for error log tracking
X-CONT 2002 board
1. Confirm the max frequency of the inverter:
112kHz (8.9-9.0us) at CP29 [F] adjusted by VR2
[VFADJ(kv)].
2. During exposure, confirm the rough adjustment of
the inverter pulse width:
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 306 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Component Replacement, continued


MUX-Charge board
Confirm Fundamental Frequency: 50kHz (17-23us) at
CP14.
Confirm Inverter Frequency: 120Hz (8.1-8.3ms) at CP16
adjusted by VR3 [120Hz].
Confirm Starter Pulse Width: 2.7 +/-0.1 ms at CP17
adjusted by VR2 [STARTER] during prep.
Confirm Collimator Lamp Pulse Width: 3.8+/-0.1ms at
CP6 adjusted by VR1 [LAMP] when collimator lamp is
selected.
Confirm battery charge detection in adjustment mode is
accurate.
MUX-Power board
Confirm battery charge detection.
MU Driver board
No adjustments necessary.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 307 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Component Replacement, continued


Replacing the DC Motor for Traveling (Evo)
Detaching the motor
1. Turn the main-breaker off and LOTO.
2. Remove the three caps on the wheel cover and
loosen the screws.
3. Turn the wheel cover to clockwise to remove it.
4. Loosen the four bolts on the wheel.
5. Put the system up on blocks or boards so the wheels
are off the floor.
6. Open the rear cover at the bottom of the system (see
photo).
7. Disconnect the connectors on the MU DRIVER
board corresponding to the replaced motor. CN6 and
CN14 are connectors for the left motor. CN7 and 9. Remove the wheel.
CN16 are connectors for right motor.
10. Remove the motor.
8. Disconnect the grounding cable.
11. Pull the motor cables out.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 308 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Component Replacement, continued


Replacing the DC Motor for Traveling (Evo), 14. Clear the memory of the motor use information.
continued
CXDI-50G/C Cable Replacement
Mounting the motor
Required Equipment
1. Wire the motor cable.
• An anti-static mat and wrist strap
2. Mount the motor.
• JIS screwdrivers only
Note The rear part of the motor is offset to the out-
• A cable changing jig: Part # BY9-6551-000
put shaft.
Note Be very careful inside the sensor.
3. Install new the motors.
Do not make any contact with the tabs that connect the
4. Connect CN6, CN14, CN7, CN16 and ground.
LANMIT sensor surface to the readout hardware.
5. Turn ON both the key switch and the main breaker.
Do not pinch the cable in the edges of the clamp.
6. Check for normal performance without the wheels.
The wires must lie flat across the ridge between the LED
7. Power down LOTO. board and the 50DI board.
8. Replace the rear cover. You must replace all screws, insulating pieces, and
copper straps.
9. Mount the wheels loosely.
10. Remove the blocks under the system.
11. Tighten the wheel bolts and replace the wheel
covers, and caps.
12. Turn ON both the key switch and the main breaker.
13. Make sure the performance is normal.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 309 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution)


H1 and H2
The CPU calculates the accumulated heat capacity
based on previous exposures, then issues these alarm
messages. If either of these messages is issued when
there have not been many exposures, check the voltage
of the lithium battery and initialize the CPU.
H4
When the thermal switch of the X-ray tube is activated,
this message will be displayed. If this message is
displayed even when the X-ray tube is not hot, check the
thermal switch signal.
This message is also displayed when DC24V is not
available. Check the output of DC24V power supply PS2
and its cable connection.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 310 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution),


continued Check CP23 (LV)
on XCONT-2008
F01
The supply voltage is higher by approximately 20% or
XCONT or NEX-SH is
more than the normal value. Within range
YES abnormal.
2V+20%-30%?
F02 Replace them one at a time.

The supply voltage is lower by approximately 30% or


NO
more than the normal value.

Fuse F1 on Replace F1.


MUX CHARGE- NO If error occurs again,
32K normal? Replace MUX CHARGE 32-K.

YES

Voltage between
pins 7 and 8 of connector MUX CHARGE 32-K is
YES
JT1B from transformer T1 abnormal. Replace it.
10 VAC?

NO

T1 is defective. Or
check power line to T1.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 311 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution), F11 (KV OVER)


continued Detected by software 10ms after exposure then every
100ms.
F03
The measured tube voltage is more than about 30kV
Detected by hardware. higher than the preset value
The -15V power supply for the control circuit is abnormal.
Measure CP9 (TKV)
CP12 (RKV), CP11 (TMA),
CP13 (RMA) on XCONT

XCONT or NEX-SH is
Check -15V at abnormal.
CP on XCONT Normal
Replace them one at a
time. XCONT or NEX-SH is
RKV, RMA
Abnormal abnormal.
Abnormal abnormal?
Replace them one at a
time.

Check output Normal


PS1 is abnormal.
of power supply Abnormal
Replace it.
PS1 Readjust FVR

(1) XCONT,
Normal FVR (2) X-RAY tube,
NO
normal? (3) High voltage transformer may
be defective.
-15V may be short-circuited with
GND on XCONT or other PCB. YES

END

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 312 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution),


continued
F12 (KV UNDER)
Detected by software 10ms after exposure, then every
100ms.
The measured tube voltage is more than 15% lower than
the preset value. X-ray exposure stops when F12 occurs.
F12, F15, and F16 compensate each other to detect KV
UNDER trouble accurately.
Note It’s likely that glow discharge/preheat has
occurred in the X-ray tube.

When checking the IGBT gate waveform, take


proper action such as short-circuiting to prevent
generation of high voltage and LOTO to dis-
charge capacitors.
Note Exhausted batteries can also cause KV UNDER
trouble, especially under a Low Battery condition.
If KV UNDER trouble is solved by battery
charging, check the batteries.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 313 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Check CP9 (TKV)


Perform adjustment
and CP12 (RKV) on
related to tube voltage
XCONT.

FVR
YES END
normal?
XCONT or NEX-SH is
RKV abnormal?
YES abnormal.
Or both normal? NO
Replace them one at a time.

NO
Waveform
at CP29 (F), CP33 (A/D) XCONT is abnormal.
NO
One side of high voltage or CP34 (B/C) Replace it.
Only either normal?
transformer is defective.
KVFB+ or KVFB- YES
Replace high voltage
output?
transformer.
YES
NO

Readjust FVR IGBT


gate waveform on INVERTER UNIT is abnormal.
NO
INVERTER UNIT Replace it
normal?

FVR
NO
normal?
YES

YES (1) X-ray tube,


(2) High voltage transformer,
END (3) High voltage cable
may be defective

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 314 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution),


continued
F13 (NO KV)
The measured tube voltage is approximately 10 kV or
less.
Detected by software 10ms after exposure, then every
100ms.)
Note When checking the IGBT gate waveform, take
proper action such as short-circuiting to prevent
generation of high voltage.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 315 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

F13 (NO KV), continued

Fuse on INVERTER IGBT Replace INVERTER UNIT. Waveform


YES YES at CP29 (F), CP33 (A/D) XCONT is abnormal.
UNIT blown out? damaged? Or replace on IGBT fuse. NO
or CP34 (B/C) Replace it.
normal?
NO

YES
NO Replace fuse.
Check CP9 (TKV)
and CP12 (RKV) on
IGBT
XCONT.
gate waveform on
NO
INVERTER UNIT
normal?
INVERTER UNIT is
abnormal.
XCONT or NEX-SH is Replace it.
RKV abnormal?
YES abnormal.
Or both normal?
Replace them one at a time. C9 and C18 on
INVERTER UNIT NO
normal?
Only TKV is abnormal.

Perform adjustment YES


related to tube voltage
High voltage transformer may be defective.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 316 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution), 5. Spark discharge like a thick thunderbolt can be seen at
continued the time of exposure from the X-ray tube irradiation port.
Important! Take protective measures against radiation,
F14 (KV BRAKE - tube arc, inverter short) such as by use of lead glass.
Abnormal measured tube voltage or X-ray tube
An aluminum filter is provided in the X-ray tube
discharge is detected by the hardware.
irradiation port. When checking the inside of the glass
This error message actually assume discharge in the tube, remove the lead cone first, then remove the
high voltage system (especially the X-ray tube). aluminum filter.
This error may be eliminated by aging. Perform aging
first.
Perform aging
Making a determination about the last item in the
flowchart is difficult. The possibility of a defective board is
low; a false error message could be displayed. Same error occurs

If any of the following phenomena are detected, it can be


clearly determined that discharge has occurred in the High voltage cable may be
poorly contacted.
high voltage system. Connect it again.
1. A “pop” is heard during exposure.
Same error occurs
2. The error message is not issued at low kV, but is
issued while the kV is rising. (1) X-ray tube,
(2) high voltage cable,
3. The glass is clouded (due to evaporation of the target (3) high voltage transformer,
material) when seen from the X-ray tube irradiation port. (4) XCONT or NEX-SH may be
defective.
4. The target is clearly rough when seen from the X-ray
tube irradiation port.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 317 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution), F16 (KV UNDER)


continued Detected by software.

F15 (KV UNDER) The kV Feedback Start signal FBST was not detected
during exposure.
The measured tube voltage is more than 10 percent
lower than the preset value. X-ray exposure doesn’t stop X-ray exposure continues, and F15 is displayed after
even after F15 occurs. exposure is completed. F12, F15, and F16 compensate
each other to detect KV UNDER trouble accurately.
Detected by software 10ms after exposure then every
100ms. For troubleshooting of F16, please refer to F12 (KV
UNDER).
F12, F15 and F16 compensate each other to detect KV
UNDER trouble accurately.
For troubleshooting of F15, please refer to F12 (KV
UNDER).

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 318 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution), F1B (WRONG KV ADJ board)


continued The signal *COCK, which shows the type of KV ADJ
board, doesn’t match to output power of the unit.
F1A (NO KV ADJ board)
For a 32kW unit, KV ADJ 32K board is mounted.
The signal *KV ADJ CON, which is the confirmation *COCK should be High.
signal of existence of KVADJ board, is not detected.
For a 12.5kW unit, KV ADJ COCK board is mounted.
X-ray exposure is prohibited when this error occurs. *COCK should be Low.
Confirm that KV ADJ board is mounted on XCONT board X-ray exposure is prohibited when this error occurs.
correctly, and check for bad contact of the connector
JFB2, which connects these two boards. Confirm that the correct model of KV ADJ board is
mounted on XCONT board correctly, and check for bad
contact of the connector JFB2, which connects these two
boards.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 319 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution), continued


F21 (MA OVER) and F22 (MA UNDER)
Check RMA(CP13)
Detected by software at 10ms after exposure and at and TMA(CP11) on
each 100ms. XCONT.

F21: The measured tube current is more than about


100mA higher than the preset value
F22: The measured tube current is approximately 50% or RMA abnormal?
XCONT or NEX-SH is
YES abnormal.
less of the preset value . Or both normal?
Replace them in turn.

When these messages are displayed, also check the


heating system using the flowchart for F31 (IF OVER) Only TMA is abnormal
and F32 (IF UNDER).
Readjust FVR

Same YES X-ray tube may be


error? defective.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 320 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution), continued


F23 (NO MA)
Detected by software 10ms after exposure, then every
100ms.
The measured tube current is about 10 mA or less.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 321 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution), continued


F23 (NO MA), continued

Short-circuit bar
(mA+ and mA-) attached to
NO Attach short-circuit bar.
terminal block X1
on XCONT? Breakage or
poor contact in cable
JFB between high voltage YES Replace JFB.
YES transformer and
XCONT?
Check CP13 (RMA)
and CP11 (TMA) on
XCONT. NO F3 should be defective.
There could be a short
circuit anywhere.
Check power Check:
between pin 1 and 3 at No 1. C and CL (Filament
XCONT or NEX-SH is JM2 from MUX power and Filament trans)
RMA abnormal?
YES abnormal. POWER. 2. X, Y, Z of stator
Or both normal?
Replace them in turn. 3. MUX CHARGE-32K
4. INVERTER UNIT
5. Collimator lamp
YES Normal
Only TMA is abnormal.

(1) High voltage X-ray tube filament check


transformer may be method
High voltage cable Replace high voltage defective.
NO Remove the collimator. Look into the
conductive? cable. (2) X-ray tube filament X-ray tube from the X-ray tube
may be broken. irradiation port, and check whether
the filament is lit in the ready status.
Make sure to use lead glass, etc.
for protection against radiation.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 322 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution),


continued
Check FVR (CP15)
F31 (IF OVER) and F32 (IF UNDER) and IFV (CP7) on
XCONT.
Detected by the software every 800ms under preparation
and every 400ms under ready up condition.
F31: The measured filament current is more than 50% Both XCONT or NEX-SH is
higher than the preset value. normal?
YES
abnormal.
Or only FVR Replace them one at a
F32: The measured filament current is more than 50% abnormal? time.
lower than the preset value.
In the last item, (1) and (2) mean there is a defect in the Only IFV is abnormal.

detection system. Actually, the possibility of (3) is high.


INVERTER UNIT or XCONT
C0 and CL
NO is abnormal.
waveforms normal?
Replace it.

YES

(1) XCONT,
(2) INVERTER UNIT, or
(3) High voltage
(filament) transformer In the case of F31,
may be defective. (2) and (3) rarely occur.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 323 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution),


continued
F33 (NO IF)
Detected by the software every 800ms under preparation
and every 400ms under ready-up condition.
The measured filament current is approximately 1 A or
less.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 324 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution), continued


F33 (NO IF), continued

Replace fuse.
There could be a short circuit anywhere.
Check:
Fuse F3 High voltage cable may be poorly contacted.
1. C and CL (Filament and Filament trans)
On MUX POWER-32K YES Connect it again. Exchange + and – sides of
2. X, Y, Z of stator
blown? the cable.
3. MUX CHARGE-32K
4. INVERTER UNIT
5. Collimator lamp Same error occurs
NO

Filament is
Check broken
C0 and CL INVERTER UNIT or XCONT
X-ray tube
waveforms NO is abnormal. Replace X-ray tube.
filament
normal? Replace it.
visually.

YES
Normal

Check High voltage (filament)


XCONT or NEX-SH is transformer may be
filament current
Normal abnormal. defective.
at CP7 (IFV) on
Replace them one at a time.
XCONT.

Abnormal

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 325 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution), continued


F41, F42, F43, F44, F45, F46 1. The charged voltage of the capacitors can be measured
at the following check points.
These errors are detected by abnormal charged voltage
capacitors. Between CP1 [VC+] and CP2 [VC0] on MUX
CAPACITOR board
F41: The charged voltage of capacitors exceeds 300V.
At CP12 [VC] on MUX CHARGE-32K board
F42: The charged voltage of capacitors is less than 170V
even 60 seconds after starting charging. At CP4 [VP1] on MUX CHARGE-32K board
The charged voltage of the capacitors normally reaches At CP20 [VP1] XCONT board
about 170V about 30-60 seconds after charging starts. If there is a possibility of the malfunction of the charged
Then, the relay K2 turns on to change the connection of voltage detection circuit, locate the malfunction by
the charging resistance R3 and R4. measuring the voltage at each of the above check points.
F43: The charged voltage of capacitors is less than 30V even 2. The signal VCOK, which is related to the error F44, is
10 seconds after starting charging. generated when the voltage at CP12 (VC: 3V/200V)
F44: The signal VCOK is not available though charging of MUX CHARGE-32K board exceeds about 200V and LD4
capacitors is normal. lights up. Then, it is sent to XCONT board and NEX-SH
board through the connector JINP.
F45: The machine does not enter Stand-by condition within
30 seconds after the relay K2 on MUX CAPACITOR board Locate the malfunction by measuring the actual charged
turns on. voltage of the capacitors and the voltage at CP12 and
confirming the condition of LD4 etc.
The charged voltage of the capacitors normally reaches
220-240V about 10-30 seconds after the relay K2 turns 3. If the actual charged voltage of the capacitors is
on. Then, the Stand-by indicator on the control panel abnormal, measure the charged voltage of the batteries,
lights up. and confirm the connection of the resistors R3 and R4 to
the connector CN2 on MUX CAPACITOR board, and
F46: The charged voltage of the capacitors is under Stand-by check the function of each of the relays on the MUX
level for more than 30 seconds after the machine enters CAPACITOR board.
Stand-by condition.
Also check the cable connection around the capacitors
and MUX CAPACITOR board.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 326 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution), continued


F51, F52, F53, F54, F55, F56, F5b
These errors are detected by abnormal battery charge Main breaker
NO Turn on main breaker.
ON?
voltage. Only F5b is detected by hardware.
F51: Voltage of plus-side battery during charging is YES
higher than 155V.
Check
F52: Voltage of plus-side battery during charging is lower battery voltage
Abnormal Change battery.
than 50V. TER1-TER5
TER2-TER5
F53: Voltage of minus-side battery during charging is
higher than 155V. Normal
ABNORMAL REFERENCE
155V or more
F54: Voltage of minus-side battery during charging is 100V or less
lower than 50V. Adjust voltage detection circuit.

F55: Voltage of plus-side battery is more than 12V higher Error still occurs
than that of minus-side battery.
F56: Voltage of minus-side battery is more than 12V Check
MUX CHARGE-32K or
higher than that of plus-side battery. VP1 (CP4), VP2 (CP5)
Abnormal MUX POWER-32K is
on MUX CHARGE
abnormal.
F5b: Signal CHBR2 is supplied and detected by -32K

hardware. Voltage of plus or minus-side battery is more


than 155V. Normal

Note F51, F53, and F5b sometimes may appear when


battery charging operation is performed under Replace XCONT PCB.

Full Charged condition of the batteries in adjust-


ment mode.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 327 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution), continued


F5a, F5E, F5F 1. Input power supply AC125V to MUX CHARGE-04B from
T1 transformer including the fuse F1 on MUX-LC1BF
These errors are detected by abnormal battery charging board.
current. Only F5a is detected by hardware.
2. Fuse F1 on MUX CHARGE-04B board.
F5a: Battery current is more than 3.2A.
3. Gate waveform for inverter at CP3 [Q14C], CP4 [Q23C]
F5E: Measured charging current more than 50% larger than on MUX CHARGE-04B board.
the specified value has continued for 10 seconds/
4. Gate waveform for inverter at CP20 [Q14C], CP22
F5F: Measured charging current less than 30% of the [Q23C] on MUX CHARGE-32K board.
specified value has continued for 10 seconds.
5. CHON (Charging ON signal) on MUX CHARGE-32K
Confirm the function of battery charging. board. (The green LED LD1 should light up.)
The waveform of measured charging current can be 6. CP25 [PIC] signal on MUX CHARGE-32K board: Setting
confirmed at the following check pins. value for charging current from CPU
CP5 [IC] on MUX CHARGE-04B board If you still cannot determine the defective part, replace the
CP22 [IC] on XCONT-2008 board (NEX-SH board) following parts in order:
Note F51, F53, and F5b sometimes appear when battery 1. Batteries (Replace all of 20 batteries at the same time.)
charging is performed under Full Charged condition 2. MUX CHARGE-32K board
of the batteries in adjustment mode.
3. MUX CHARGE-04B board
If one of them is normal, it means that battery charging itself
is working correctly, but one part of the detection circuit for F5c
charging current is not working well. For example, if the
The power plug has been connected when the main
waveforms at both of the above check pins are normal, the
detection circuit on XCONT board is maybe not working breaker is turned off.
correctly.
If the waveform at CP5 [IC] on MUX CHARGE-04B board is
abnormal, check the following before the error happens.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 328 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution),


continued
SW1A
F61 set to OFF on
INVERTER UNIT?
NO Set SW1A.

Starter error: the starter does not issue the current


detection confirmation signal STOK. YES F3 should be defective.
There could be a short
The current does not flow in the stator coil, and the rotor circuit anywhere.
Check:
does not rotate. Fuse F3
1. C and CL (Filament
on MUX POWER- YES
and Filament trans)
32K blown?
2. X, Y, Z of stator
3. MUX CHARGE-32K
1V or more 4. INVERTER UNIT
NO 5. Collimator lamp
is normal.

Check
coil current at CP7 (YC) Replace XCONT or
Normal
X-ray tube coil and CP11 (ZC) on NEX-SH.
resistance INVERTER UNIT.
X-Y: 13Ÿ
X-Z: 46Ÿ
Low voltage cable is poorly
Abnormal
contacted,
X-ray
or INVERTER UNIT or MUX
tube connector
Normal CHARGE-32K ius
pin layout Measure
abnormal.
Pin 1 = X X-ray coil
Pin 2 = Y resistance.
Pin 3 = Z
Abnormal Replace X-ray tube.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 329 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution), D0


continued The feedback signal from the encoder of the left or right
DC motor is detected, though there is no input signal
F62 from the operation handle (FSR).
The signal XOK is not received within 1 second after
D1
HX1 occurs. This message is not usually displayed.
Over current is detected as described below.
Confirm the setting of the DIP switch on NEX-SH board.
In case of a Low Speed driving condition (less than
F6d 0.8km/h): Motor current is detected of more than 6A for
Emergency status. more than 10sec.
Check emergency circuit. In case of High Speed driving condition (more than
0.8km/h): Motor current is detected of more than 8A for
F6E more than 10sec.
Exposure did not terminate by BACK UP time.
One of the left and right DC motors may be defective.
X-ray cut off circuit on XCONT board may be abnormal.
Motor current can be checked at CP5 (for Left Motor)
F6F and CP19 (for Right Motor) on MU Driver-07 board.
The exposure control circuit is abnormal. The OFFSET voltage at both check pins is 0V when the
DC motor is not driving.
KV rising signal KVT is not received within 250 msec
after the signal EXR occurs. The relation is 0.2V/1A. Therefore, the error D1 may
occur when the voltage at the above check pins exceeds
XCONT board may be defective.
about 1.2V (in case of a Low Speed driving condition).

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 330 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution), continued


D1, continued If the cable connection between the encoders and MU
DRIVER board is good, replace the defective DC motor.
(The voltage at above check pins is converted to
frequency by V/F converter. Error D1 occurs when the If both of DC motors are good, MU DRIVER board may
integrated value of this pulse signal reaches to 6A or 8A be defective.
for 10 seconds.)
D4 - D11
By checking the voltage at both check pins, you can
judge which DC motor is defective. Any switch is ON at POWER ON.
If the voltage at both check pins are normal, MU Check each switch and connection.
DRIVER-07 board or XCONT 2008 board may be If switches and connections are normal, change MU
defective. However, there is still a possibility that one of
DRIVER board.
DC motors is defective.
If some of these error messages appears randomly, it’s
D2
possible that the NEX-SH board is defective.
The motor current of left or right DC motor is not
detected, though there is input signal from the operation D4: Brake release switch
handle (FSR). D5: Small movement switch (forward)
For example, this error D2 can occur if the power cable D6: Small movement switch (backward)
between the left or right DC Motor and MU DRIVER D7: Drive handle (FSR at the left side)
board is disconnected.
D8: Drive handle (FSR at the right side)
D3 D9: Bumper switch
Abnormal encoder signal from a DC motor is detected. D10: Arm lock release switch
Check the function of the encoders from the left and right D11: Arm lock release lever
DC motors using the Drive Motor procedure. This will
determine which DC motor is defective.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 331 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Error Message Resolution (Evolution), continued


D12 If LD4 on MU Driver-07 board lights on when EMG SW
is pressed, it means there is a melted contact on power
The thermal sensor of FET of the DC motor driving circuit
on MU Driver-07 board has tripped and is in OPEN relay K11.
condition.
The sensor returns normal condition when the
temperature decreases, but power ON/OFF operation is
necessary to reset the system.
Check the function of the fans beside MU Driver-07
board. (The fans are not always working during power
on.)
D13
Abnormality of FET of DC motor driving circuit on MU
DRIVER 07 board is detected.
One of FET is in OPEN or SHORT condition.
MU Driver-07 board should be replaced.
D14
Short circuit of FETs of the DC motor driving circuit on
MU Driver-07 board is detected.
D15
Melted contact on power relay K11, which turns off when
EMG SW is pressed, is detected.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 332 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Image Noise
This is fixed-pattern noise, not quantum noise.
Common sources:
• Photo-timer pre-amp or power supply.
• The X-ray generator is a significant noise source:
– High speed starter
– High frequency inverter
– Filament power supply
• Radiant noise from the UPS, switching power
supplies, transformers, CRTs, etc.
Solutions:
Isolation. The sensor should be electrically isolated from
the stand/table and generator. Isolation washers and
sheets should be in place on fixed sensors. CXDI-50G/C
has isolation sheets on the inside of the back cover.
The power box is too close to the sensor.
Sensor shielding. Make sure all covers and screws are
installed, cable clamps fastened, and metal straps in
place (especially on CXDI-50G/C.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 333 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

DICOM Troubleshooting
If no errors are reported on the screen, the DICOM
transfer was successful.

Error
Meaning Troubleshooting
Code
502 This is due to Try a ping test.
network connection Check the IP Address and Port #.
problems, not
DICOM Check the hardware (network
adapter, cables, switches, etc.)
503 This is a DICOM Check the DICOM association
association error; logs for errors at both the CXDI
the network and the destination.
connection is OK. Check that the destination is set
to receive images from this
system.
Usually there is an illegal value in
a DICOM tag –such as calling AE
Title.
Try using a DICOM tool such as
DVTk, jDICOM, or DICOM
Doctor.
504 This is due to an Check the Parameter settings
illegal parameter box in the Destination setups.
value in a DICOM
tag –detected by
the CXDI.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 334 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

PACS Presentation Issues


Suspect #1: Automatic Grayscale Adjustment
Many PACS have an automatic grayscale adjustment
function, which can be applied to our images.
This often causes problems with CR images, especially if
the PACS vendor also sells CR, such as Stentor/Philips.
This function is called something like Auto-histogram,
Auto-brightness, Auto W/L, or Auto LUT.
Turn this function off.
Note This setting may be user/login-specific like hang-
ing protocols.
Suspect #2: CT Numbers
If the PACS displays CT Numbers (Hounsfield Nos.),
then look for 2048/4096 window level and width.
All CXDI images should come up with this setting on first
presentation (before any adjustment).
The SMPTE test pattern should look identical to the
presentation on CXDI and also be 2048/4096.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 335 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Unknown Sensor IP Address


If the IP address of the sensor is changed from the
default, but is not known, then no communication with
the sensor is possible.
The Power Box Initialization Switch allows the IP
address to be temporarily set to the default
(192.169.100.11).
1. Hold the switch down during power up of the sensor
and power box.
2. Release the switch after the sensor is initialized.
3. Write the new IP address using HyperTerminal
following the instructions in “Tool Software Operation
Manual for Ethernet -Compatible Sensor Units.”
A new IP address must be written, even if the default
is to be used.
4. Reset power to the unit.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 336 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Troubleshooting DOC1829214

Control Computers
FC-E21A Hardware/Repair
RAID Version:
Uses SMART error reporting –will display an error to the
user in event of a failed hard drive.
Drives are hot swappable.
Model and manufacturer for most components are listed
in the Service Manual.
The hard drive part number in the manual includes the
hard drive on disk carrier, but standard ATA (EIDE) drive
can be mounted – details in manual.
PCI expansion slot specifications are in manual:
• Maximum dimensions
• Power ratings
The motherboard video adapter of FC-24VE has two
output connectors, but these are the same video.
The motherboard has a battery that backs up the system
clock and BIOS settings when the power is off. This is a
periodic maintenance item.
Replace the backup floppy during preventative
maintenance.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 337 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

HOW TO USE THIS EPST


Select a topic: Navigating
Keyboard & Mouse
About This EPST Tool Bar
Downloading EPSTs from CDL Links
EPST Sections Search
Alignment & Calibration Thumbnails & Bookmarks
Component Locations Zoom
Error Codes Adding Your Personal Notes
Functional Checks Comment Toolbar
Logic & Block Diagrams Sticky Notes, Comments, and Highlighting
Planned Maintenance
Printing
Software & Diagnostics
Theory
Troubleshooting
How to Use This Tool
Reference Materials
Self-Paced Training
Environmental Health & Safety
Multi-Vendor Resources

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 338 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

About This EPST


• Electronic Performance Support Tools (EPSTs) are • EPSTs are classified as Class M service
reference aids designed to deliver relevant and documentation. This means:
accurate information in a quick and easy-to-use
– The information is FOR GE SERVICE
manner. They provide information that enables you to
PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED -
quickly troubleshoot and repair imaging equipment.
DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY
• The EPST is not intended to replace OEM system THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED.
documentation. It also does not cover every problem
– Do not leave printed pages unattended (for
or situation you may encounter while working on the
example at a hospital site).
system. There are probably many situations in which
it may be helpful to refer to OEM system • A list of available EPSTs can be found on the
documentation. Multi-Vendor Support Central site.
• EPSTs are in Adobe Acrobat Reader (pdf) format.
• Each EPST covers a specific Multi-Vendor system.
• EPSTs are developed in a functional format with
intelligent hyperlinks.
• The link icons located at the bottom of every page
take you to a related topic or title page of the specified
section.
Note For a description of each section in the
EPST, see EPST Sections.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 339 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

Downloading EPSTs from CDL


Download and store EPSTs on your hard drive - 8. Click Save. Select a location on your hard drive (for
available for you to use anytime whether you are online example, create a folder on your desktop called MV).
or not. Click Save.
1. Log onto CDL. 9. Once the download completes, click Open.
2. Click the Multi-Vendor button. PK Zip for Windows opens.
3. If you wish, narrow your search by entering criteria 10. Click Extract.
such as the Product (for MV this is the OEM) or
11. Select a location on your hard drive (e.g., the MV
Manual Type e.g., XR EPST.
folder on your desktop). Click Extract.
Note All EPSTs are Class M.
12. When the files finish extracting, click Done.
4. Click Search.
13. Open the .pdf file to access the EPST.
A list of EPSTs available for download appears.
5. Select the EPSTs you want to download (check the
box in the Download column).
6. Click the Download Selected Files button (located
at the bottom of the page).
A warning dialog box appears.
7. Read the warning carefully then click Accept.
A file download dialog box appears.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 340 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

EPST Sections
All EPSTs share common sections. Knowing the sections Alignment & Calibration
will make it easy to locate the information you need. The Alignment & Calibration section contains
The standard sections are: information on aligning and/or calibrating the various
product sub-systems.
• Alignment & Calibration
Material in this section focuses on:
• Component Locations
• optimizing or “tweaking” product performance; or
• Error Codes
• benchmarking product sub-systems against OEM
• Functional Checks
specifications.
• Logic & Block Diagrams
Adjustments are primarily accomplished mechanically,
• Planned Maintenance though software-based adjustments may also fall into
this section instead of Software and Diagnostics.
• Software & Diagnostics
• Theory
• Troubleshooting
• How to Use This Tool
• Reference Materials (Some EPSTs only)
• Self-Paced Training (Some EPSTs only)
• Environmental Health & Safety (Some EPSTs only)
• Multi-Vendor Resources (Some EPSTs only)
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 341 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

EPST Sections, continued


Component Locations Error Codes
The Component Locations section consists primarily of The Error Codes section consists primarily of listings of
photographs of the product. Error Codes, generally presented in table format.
The purpose of this section is to: • Error codes may by indicated by a blinking LED, an
LED that has changed color, an alphanumeric display
• Familiarize you with the product before you begin
or printout, or a short text phrase.
work.
• Each entry on the table provides a possible product-
• Illustrate the appearances and locations of product
generated error code and a statement of the error
components.
code’s meaning.
• Walk you through removing product covers and/or
• Additionally, the entry may provide information on the
components.
probable cause of the error, or it may link to specific
information on solving the problem.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 342 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

EPST Sections, continued


Functional Checks Logic & Block Diagrams
The Functional Checks section consists primarily of The Logic & Block Diagrams section is often
procedures that verify the system is functioning properly. considered the heart of the EPST.
• Material in this section focuses only on system and • It consists entirely of diagrams, primarily showing
sub-system verification, not on what to do if such power and/or signal flows through the various system
verification fails. However, links may be provided to functions.
such material.
• Functional checks are primarily accomplished
mechanically, though software-based checks may
also fall into this section instead of Software and
Diagnostics.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 343 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

EPST Sections, continued


Planned Maintenance Software & Diagnostics
The Planned Maintenance or Preventive Maintenance The Software & Diagnostics section describes software-
section consists of tasks that are performed purposely based aspects of the product.
and regularly in order to prevent a machine from
This section may contain:
deteriorating or breaking down.
• General descriptions of and/or uses for the product’s
• OEM-documented procedures, along with additional
software.
GE-recommended procedures may be included.
• Specific step-by-step instructions on using the
• The section may begin with a table listing the name of
software to run and/or test the product and its sub-
each procedure and the interval at which it should be
systems.
performed (quarterly, annually, etc.). Each procedure
name is a link to the step-by-step instructions for • Step-by-step instructions on how to install, remove,
performing the procedure. and/or upgrade the product’s software.
• GE employees are not to perform a PM procedure • Material on how to format user commands.
less frequently than is mandated by the OEM. More
Note You may find some overlap between this section
frequently is acceptable.
and the Alignment and Calibration and/or Func-
tional Checks sections.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 344 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

EPST Sections, continued


Theory How to Use This Tool
Theory consists primarily of product background How to Use This Tool is found in every EPST and
material. This section is generally used to familiarize you consists of material describing and explaining how to use
with the product before arriving on site or beginning an EPST.
work.
• The content includes tips on using Adobe Acrobat
Topics in this section might include: Reader. It also reviews how to add Personal Notes
and where these Notes are stored.
• Product specifications and capabilities.
• On most EPSTs, this section is only accessible from
• Descriptions of system operation by function.
the front page of the EPST. However some EPSTs
• Product line history. include links to typical “How To” procedures. In this
case, a “How To” button is found on each page of the
Troubleshooting EPST.
Troubleshooting consists primarily of situation-specific
product troubleshooting tips.
• This section is developed by asking experienced Field
Engineers what problems are commonly
encountered, and what should be done to
troubleshoot each of them.
• This section may take the form of a list of common
symptoms, with a number of possible causes and
solutions for each. Or, the information may be
presented in flowchart form, with each decision
leading to new possible causes and solutions.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 345 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

EPST Sections, continued


Reference Materials Self-Paced Training
Note The Reference Materials section is not in every Note Self-Paced Training is not in every EPST.
EPST.
This section addresses the secondary use of the EPST
This section contains links to external files containing training. This section contains links to suggested reading
product-related materials that are not incorporated into within the EPST to allow the user to learn about a
the EPST. product.
Reference Materials could include: • The Self-Paced Training section is only accessible
from the front page in some (mostly older) EPSTs.
• Parts list
• Suggested service tools and equipment list
• GEMS-produced Service Notes
• GEMS produced PM guide
Reference Materials could take the form of:
• Word documents
• Excel spreadsheets
• PowerPoint presentations
• Additional Acrobat documents
• Local HTML documents

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 346 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

EPST Sections, continued


Environmental Health & Safety
Some EPSTs contain safety information included as a
reminder to follow all proper Health & Safety Guidelines.
Those instructions are intended as a supplement to
GEMS EHS Field Service Manual and not intended to be
used in lieu of the GEMS EHS Field Service Manual.
In addition:
• It is the responsibility of each customer, location, and
vendor to provide the appropriate resources with
regards to environment, health, and safety of their
employees.
• GEHC employees are to follow Service EHS policies,
procedures and protocols, and where required, OEM-
specific supplementary information.
Multi-Vendor Resources
Some EPSTs contain a MV Resource section that
contains links to helpful GE sites and tools.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 347 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

Navigating
EPSTs contain a large quantity of valuable information. Keyboard & Mouse
Effective navigation techniques can help you locate Standard keyboard keys work in EPSTs.
desired information more quickly.
• [Page Up] and [Page Down] move you one page at a
There are many ways to navigate, including the
time.
following:
• The [Home] key brings you back to the start of the
• Keyboard & Mouse
EPST.
• Tool Bar
• The [End] key brings you to the last page.
• Links
You may also use your mouse to navigate.
• Search
If your mouse has a scroll wheel, you can use it to scroll
• Thumbnails & Bookmarks through the EPST.
• Zoom

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 348 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

Navigation, continued
Tool Bar Links
The Acrobat tool bar contains several navigation Each EPST is divided into consistent sections by
techniques. functional topic. Each section is easily accessible via the
link bar buttons located on each page as well as the
techniques.
bookmarks.
Note The mouse pointer takes on the familiar Link
First Page, shape when you locate a hyperlink.
Previous Page,
Next Page, and
Previous View and Next View buttons
Last Page
on the top toolbar work like Back and
buttons are You can type in the box where
Forward buttons in your Internet browser.
located on the top the current page number is
(If not shown, click Tools>Customize
toolbar. displayed. If you know the page
Toolbars. Scroll to the Page
number you want to view, or the
Navigation Toolbar and check
Online Engineer directs you to a
Previous View and Next View.)
page, type the desired page On the first page, the After the first page,
number and then press Enter.
link bar is on the right. the link bar is along
the bottom.

Bookmarks are on the left. If bookmarks are not displayed, click


View >Navigation Panels > Bookmarks.

In addition to the links in the link bars, blue hyperlinks


are located throughout ePSTs.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 349 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

Navigation, continued
Search Thumbnails & Bookmarks
The Search (Find) tool (magnifying glass icon or Ctrl+F) For additional navigation options, you may use the
enables you to locate a word or phrase in the document. Acrobat Reader Navigation Panels.
If the magnifying glass is not visible, click
View > Show/Hide > Toolbar Items > Edit > Find. Click View > Navigation Panels and select:
When you click the magnifying glass (or press Ctrl+F), the • Bookmarks - A list of headings/bookmarks appear.
tool opens in the upper right corner of the window. Click on the section or page listed in the Bookmark
Type your search word or phrase and then press Enter, or window that you wish to view.
use the forward and backward arrows.
To open a menu of additional options, click the down
• Thumbnails - A list of thumbnail pages appear. Click
arrow: on the thumbnail page that you wish to view.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 350 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

Navigation, continued
Zoom
You may need to zoom in on some pages of the EPST to
view the detail; for example, the Logic and Block
diagrams.

The buttons in this


section of the toolbar
can be used to zoom.
Click on the Magnifying
Glass and drag it on
the area in the pdf to
enlarge. Or, click on
the – button to zoom
out. Click on the +
button to zoom in. Or,
click the down arrow,
then select your
desired zoom
percentage from the
list. You can also type
in a percentage.

of 39

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 351 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

Adding Your Personal Notes


You can add your personal notes to EPSTs using Adobe 2. Select Customize Toolbars.
Reader Comment tools.
A More Tools dialog box appears.
If you do not have Adobe Reader, version 9 or higher,
please download and install it.
Comment Toolbar
Customize the Comment Toolbar
To create a custom comment toolbar, perform the
following actions.
1. Click Tools on the menu bar at the top of the screen.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 352 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

Adding Your Personal Notes, continued


Comment Toolbar, continued Sticky Notes, Comments, and Highlighting
Customize the Comment Toolbar, continued Select a topic:
3. Check the Comment & Markup Toolbar checkbox. • Add a Sticky Note
Select Sticky Note, Highlight Text Tool, and Text
Box Tool. • Add a Text Box Comment

Note There are many individual tools that you can • Highlight Text
use to make notes in the EPST. You can pick
any one of them for your notes. Sticky Notes,
Text Box Comments, and Highlighting are
covered in this section. For information on
the other options, see Adobe Reader Help.
4. Click OK.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 353 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

Adding Your Personal Notes, continued


Sticky Notes, Comments, and Highlighting, 4. When finished writing your note, click outside the
continued note area.
Add a Sticky Note • To size the note, drag the right or left lower corner
To add a sticky note to any page in the EPST, perform to the size you want.
the following actions. • To move the note, click the note then drag & drop
1. From the Comment & Markup toolbar, click on the it anywhere on the page.
Sticky Note tool. • To hide the note, click on the [ - ] in the upper
right corner of the note. To view the note again,
click the note symbol.
• To delete the note, click on the symbol and press
Delete.
2. Click on the page where you want the sticky note to
appear.
A sticky note icon appears as well as a note space.
Note You can move the icon once it is on the page
by clicking and dragging it to a different
place.
3. Click inside the white area on the note and type your
comment.

Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 354 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

Adding Your Personal Notes, continued


Sticky Notes, Comments, and Highlighting, • To move the note, click on the box border and
continued drag and drop it in the desired location.
Add a Text Box Comment • To delete the note, click on the box and press
To add a text box comment to a page in the EPST, Delete.
perform the following actions. Highlight Text
Note The difference between a sticky note and a text To highlight text in the EPST, perform the following
box comment is that the text box always appears actions.
on the screen; a sticky note can be hidden so that
only the symbol shows. 1. From the Comment & Markup toolbar, click on the
Highlight tool.
1. From the Comment & Markup toolbar, click on the
Text Box tool.

2. Use your cursor to select and highlight text.

2. Click on the page where you want the text box to Note To remove the highlight, click the highlighted
appear and drag the box to the size you want. area and press Delete.

3. Click inside the box and type your comment.


4. When finished typing, click outside the box.
• To size the note, click on the box border and drag
a corner to the size you want.
Continued on next page

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 355 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

Adding Your Personal Notes, continued


Sticky Notes, Comments, and Highlighting,
continued
Save Notes
Important! You must save the file to retain your com-
ments and notes. You can save it under the
same name or a new name if you prefer.
• When you open the file again, you can edit or change
any of the notes that are in the document.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 356 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 How to Use this EPST DOC1829214

Printing
To print, perform the following actions.
1. On the Acrobat toolbar, select File, Print.
2. Select whether to print all pages, only the current
page, or a range of pages. (Default is Print All
Pages.)
3. Enable the "Shrink to Fit" option when printing the
11" x 17" block diagrams on 8.5" x 11" paper.
4. Click on OK to begin printing.
Note Printed pages are for reference only. Always
make sure you have the latest EPST revision
located on CDL. Never leave printed pages
unattended.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 357 of 357
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Environmental Health & Safety DOC1829214

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY


GEHC employees are to follow Service EHS policies, procedures and protocols, and where required OEM-
specific supplementary information.
Service engineers must be aware of important safety
precautions in order to conduct safe system repair and
maintenance. GE Healthcare insists on safety first for
employees, the clinician, and the equipment. Engineers
must abide by hospital safety regulations, respect the
inherent dangers, and do everything possible to
minimize and prevent injury.
Refer to the EHS Support Central and the EHS
Handbook.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 358 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Reference Materials DOC1829214

REFERENCE MATERIALS
There are currently no reference materials for this ePST.

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 359 of 360
EPST
GE Healthcare Mobile Art DaRt Evolution MV DI Service
Rev 1 Multi-Vendor Resources DOC1829214

MULTI-VENDOR RESOURCES
For more troubleshooting tips, refer to the PSDB:
Problem Solution Database
For the latest service notes, ePSTs, and other MV
documentation, go to CDL:
Common Documentation Library (CDL)
For additional support, please visit the following useful
sites:
Multi-Vendor Technical Training
Multi-Vendor Support Operations Portal
GE Learning
Environment, Health and Safety

Alignment & Component Error Functional Logic & Block Preventive Software & Theory Trouble- MV How to
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics shooting Resources
PROPERTY OF GE - FOR GE SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY - NO RIGHTS LICENSED - DO NOT COPY - DISCLOSURE TO or USE BY THIRD PARTIES PROHIBITED Page 360 of 360

You might also like